Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc2.c @ 7617:80bc36419c21 v7.4.1108
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/58adb14739fa240ca6020cede9ab1f1cb07bd90a
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Sat Jan 16 21:50:51 2016 +0100
patch 7.4.1108
Problem: Expanding "~" halfway a file name.
Solution: Handle the file name as one name. (Marco Hinz) Add a test.
Closes https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/564.
| author | Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 16 Jan 2016 22:00:05 +0100 |
| parents | 87e607fb6853 |
| children | 1fded31d9e04 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc2.c: Various functions. | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 #include "vim.h" | |
| 14 | |
| 359 | 15 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */ |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */ | |
| 18 | |
| 7 | 19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol)); | |
| 21 | |
| 22 /* | |
| 23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual. | |
| 24 */ | |
| 25 int | |
| 26 virtual_active() | |
| 27 { | |
| 28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because | |
| 29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block" | |
| 30 * being used. */ | |
| 31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE) | |
| 32 return virtual_op; | |
| 33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL | |
| 34 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 35 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT))); | |
| 36 } | |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Get the screen position of the cursor. | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 getviscol() | |
| 43 { | |
| 44 colnr_T x; | |
| 45 | |
| 46 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 47 return (int)x; | |
| 48 } | |
| 49 | |
| 50 /* | |
| 51 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line. | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 getviscol2(col, coladd) | |
| 55 colnr_T col; | |
| 56 colnr_T coladd; | |
| 57 { | |
| 58 colnr_T x; | |
| 59 pos_T pos; | |
| 60 | |
| 61 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 62 pos.col = col; | |
| 63 pos.coladd = coladd; | |
| 64 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 65 return (int)x; | |
| 66 } | |
| 67 | |
| 68 /* | |
| 1209 | 69 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the |
| 7 | 70 * cursor in that column. |
| 71 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo! | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 int | |
| 74 coladvance_force(wcol) | |
| 75 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 76 { | |
| 77 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol); | |
| 78 | |
| 79 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 80 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 81 else | |
| 82 { | |
| 83 /* Virtcol is valid */ | |
| 84 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 85 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 86 } | |
| 87 return rc; | |
| 88 } | |
| 89 #endif | |
| 90 | |
| 91 /* | |
| 92 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column. | |
| 93 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position. | |
| 94 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share | |
| 95 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)), | |
| 96 * beginning at coladd 0. | |
| 97 * | |
| 98 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 99 */ | |
| 100 int | |
| 101 coladvance(wcol) | |
| 102 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 103 { | |
| 104 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol); | |
| 105 | |
| 106 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL) | |
| 107 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 44 | 108 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB) |
| 7 | 109 { |
| 44 | 110 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */ |
| 7 | 111 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; |
| 112 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 113 } | |
| 114 return rc; | |
| 115 } | |
| 116 | |
| 117 /* | |
| 118 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol". | |
| 119 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 120 */ | |
| 121 int | |
| 122 getvpos(pos, wcol) | |
| 123 pos_T *pos; | |
| 124 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 127 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol); | |
| 128 } | |
| 129 | |
| 130 static int | |
| 131 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol) | |
| 132 pos_T *pos; | |
| 133 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */ | |
| 1209 | 134 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */ |
| 7 | 135 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */ |
| 136 { | |
| 137 #endif | |
| 138 int idx; | |
| 139 char_u *ptr; | |
| 140 char_u *line; | |
| 141 colnr_T col = 0; | |
| 142 int csize = 0; | |
| 143 int one_more; | |
| 144 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 145 int head = 0; | |
| 146 #endif | |
| 147 | |
| 772 | 148 one_more = (State & INSERT) |
| 149 || restart_edit != NUL | |
| 150 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') | |
| 151 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 782 | 152 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL) |
| 772 | 153 #endif |
| 154 ; | |
| 1982 | 155 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos->lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 156 |
| 157 if (wcol >= MAXCOL) | |
| 158 { | |
| 159 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more; | |
| 160 col = wcol; | |
| 161 | |
| 162 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 163 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active) | |
| 164 { | |
| 165 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more; | |
| 166 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0) | |
| 167 --curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 168 } | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 } | |
| 171 else | |
| 172 { | |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 174 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin); | |
| 175 | |
| 620 | 176 if (finetune |
| 7 | 177 && curwin->w_p_wrap |
| 178 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 179 && curwin->w_width != 0 | |
| 180 # endif | |
| 181 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width) | |
| 182 { | |
| 183 csize = linetabsize(line); | |
| 184 if (csize > 0) | |
| 185 csize--; | |
| 186 | |
| 620 | 187 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width |
| 188 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1)) | |
| 7 | 189 { |
| 190 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the | |
| 620 | 191 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond |
| 192 * the last character (like what happens when typing and | |
| 193 * reaching the right window edge). */ | |
| 7 | 194 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1; |
| 195 } | |
| 196 } | |
| 197 #endif | |
| 198 | |
| 199 ptr = line; | |
| 200 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 201 { | |
| 202 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 203 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5995 | 204 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, line, ptr, col, &head); |
| 39 | 205 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
| 7 | 206 #else |
| 5995 | 207 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, col); |
| 7 | 208 #endif |
| 209 col += csize; | |
| 210 } | |
| 211 idx = (int)(ptr - line); | |
| 212 /* | |
| 213 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check | |
| 214 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of | |
| 215 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison | |
| 216 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on. | |
| 217 */ | |
| 218 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0)) | |
| 219 { | |
| 220 idx -= 1; | |
| 221 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 222 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */ | |
| 223 csize -= head; | |
| 224 # endif | |
| 225 col -= csize; | |
| 226 } | |
| 227 | |
| 228 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 229 if (virtual_active() | |
| 230 && addspaces | |
| 231 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1)) | |
| 232 { | |
| 233 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is | |
| 234 * filled with spaces. */ | |
| 235 | |
| 236 if (line[idx] == NUL) | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 /* Append spaces */ | |
| 239 int correct = wcol - col; | |
| 240 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1); | |
| 241 int t; | |
| 242 | |
| 243 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 244 return FAIL; | |
| 245 | |
| 246 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t) | |
| 247 newline[t] = line[t]; | |
| 248 | |
| 249 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t) | |
| 250 newline[t + idx] = ' '; | |
| 251 | |
| 252 newline[idx + correct] = NUL; | |
| 253 | |
| 254 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 255 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx); | |
| 256 idx += correct; | |
| 257 col = wcol; | |
| 258 } | |
| 259 else | |
| 260 { | |
| 261 /* Break a tab */ | |
| 262 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 263 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */ | |
| 840 | 264 char_u *newline; |
| 7 | 265 int t, s = 0; |
| 266 int v; | |
| 267 | |
| 840 | 268 if (-correct > csize) |
| 269 return FAIL; | |
| 270 | |
| 271 newline = alloc(linelen + csize); | |
| 272 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 7 | 273 return FAIL; |
| 274 | |
| 275 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++) | |
| 276 { | |
| 277 if (t != idx) | |
| 278 newline[s++] = line[t]; | |
| 279 else | |
| 280 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++) | |
| 281 newline[s++] = ' '; | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 285 | |
| 286 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 287 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx); | |
| 288 idx += (csize - 1 + correct); | |
| 289 col += correct; | |
| 290 } | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 #endif | |
| 293 } | |
| 294 | |
| 295 if (idx < 0) | |
| 296 pos->col = 0; | |
| 297 else | |
| 298 pos->col = idx; | |
| 299 | |
| 300 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 301 pos->coladd = 0; | |
| 302 | |
| 303 if (finetune) | |
| 304 { | |
| 305 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 308 if (!one_more) | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
| 311 | |
| 312 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
| 313 pos->coladd = ecol - scol; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 else | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col; | |
| 319 | |
| 320 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 321 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin))) | |
| 322 pos->coladd = b; | |
| 323 | |
| 324 col += b; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 } | |
| 327 #endif | |
| 328 | |
| 329 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1982 | 330 /* prevent from moving onto a trail byte */ |
| 7 | 331 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 332 mb_adjustpos(curbuf, pos); |
| 7 | 333 #endif |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (col < wcol) | |
| 336 return FAIL; | |
| 337 return OK; | |
| 338 } | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* | |
| 1621 | 341 * Increment the cursor position. See inc() for return values. |
| 7 | 342 */ |
| 343 int | |
| 344 inc_cursor() | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 1621 | 349 /* |
| 350 * Increment the line pointer "lp" crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 351 * Return 1 when going to the next line. | |
| 352 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line). | |
| 353 * Return -1 when at the end of file. | |
| 354 * Return 0 otherwise. | |
| 355 */ | |
| 7 | 356 int |
| 357 inc(lp) | |
| 358 pos_T *lp; | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp); | |
| 361 | |
| 362 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */ | |
| 363 { | |
| 364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 365 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 366 { | |
| 474 | 367 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 368 |
| 369 lp->col += l; | |
| 370 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 #endif | |
| 373 lp->col++; | |
| 374 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 375 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 376 #endif | |
| 377 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 378 } | |
| 379 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */ | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 lp->col = 0; | |
| 382 lp->lnum++; | |
| 383 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 384 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 385 #endif | |
| 386 return 1; | |
| 387 } | |
| 388 return -1; | |
| 389 } | |
| 390 | |
| 391 /* | |
| 392 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 393 */ | |
| 394 int | |
| 395 incl(lp) | |
| 396 pos_T *lp; | |
| 397 { | |
| 398 int r; | |
| 399 | |
| 400 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col) | |
| 401 r = inc(lp); | |
| 402 return r; | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 /* | |
| 406 * dec(p) | |
| 407 * | |
| 408 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 409 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise. | |
| 410 */ | |
| 411 int | |
| 412 dec_cursor() | |
| 413 { | |
| 414 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 415 } | |
| 416 | |
| 417 int | |
| 418 dec(lp) | |
| 419 pos_T *lp; | |
| 420 { | |
| 421 char_u *p; | |
| 422 | |
| 423 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 424 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */ | |
| 427 { | |
| 428 lp->col--; | |
| 429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 430 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 433 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 #endif | |
| 436 return 0; | |
| 437 } | |
| 438 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */ | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 lp->lnum--; | |
| 441 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 442 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
| 443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 444 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 445 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 446 #endif | |
| 447 return 1; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 return -1; /* at start of file */ | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 /* | |
| 453 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 454 */ | |
| 455 int | |
| 456 decl(lp) | |
| 457 pos_T *lp; | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 int r; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col) | |
| 462 r = dec(lp); | |
| 463 return r; | |
| 464 } | |
| 465 | |
| 466 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
467 * Get the line number relative to the current cursor position, i.e. the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
468 * difference between line number and cursor position. Only look for lines that |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
469 * can be visible, folded lines don't count. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
470 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
471 linenr_T |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
472 get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
473 win_T *wp; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
474 linenr_T lnum; /* line number to get the result for */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
475 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
476 linenr_T cursor = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
477 linenr_T retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
478 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
479 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
480 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
481 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
482 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
483 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
484 while (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
485 { |
| 5564 | 486 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, TRUE, NULL); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
487 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
488 * now lnum <= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
489 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
490 retval++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
491 lnum--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
492 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
493 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
494 else if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
495 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
496 while (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
497 { |
| 5564 | 498 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, NULL, &lnum, TRUE, NULL); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
499 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
500 * now lnum >= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
501 if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
502 retval--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
503 lnum++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
505 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
506 /* else if (lnum == cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
507 * retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
508 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
510 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
511 #endif |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
512 retval = lnum - cursor; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
513 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
514 return retval; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
515 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
516 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
517 /* |
| 7 | 518 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid. |
| 519 */ | |
| 520 void | |
| 521 check_cursor_lnum() | |
| 522 { | |
| 523 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 524 { | |
| 525 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 526 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in | |
| 527 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */ | |
| 528 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 529 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL)) | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0) | |
| 534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 535 } | |
| 536 | |
| 537 /* | |
| 538 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 539 */ | |
| 540 void | |
| 541 check_cursor_col() | |
| 542 { | |
| 2933 | 543 check_cursor_col_win(curwin); |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 /* | |
| 547 * Make sure win->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 548 */ | |
| 549 void | |
| 550 check_cursor_col_win(win) | |
| 551 win_T *win; | |
| 552 { | |
| 7 | 553 colnr_T len; |
| 554 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2933 | 555 colnr_T oldcol = win->w_cursor.col; |
| 556 colnr_T oldcoladd = win->w_cursor.col + win->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 557 #endif | |
| 558 | |
| 559 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(win->w_buffer, win->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 7 | 560 if (len == 0) |
| 2933 | 561 win->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 562 else if (win->w_cursor.col >= len) | |
| 7 | 563 { |
| 1488 | 564 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line when: |
| 565 * - in Insert mode or restarting Insert mode | |
| 566 * - in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" | |
| 567 * - 'virtualedit' is set */ | |
| 620 | 568 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit |
| 7 | 569 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') |
| 1488 | 570 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 571 || (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 572 #endif | |
| 7 | 573 || virtual_active()) |
| 2933 | 574 win->w_cursor.col = len; |
| 7 | 575 else |
| 1099 | 576 { |
| 2933 | 577 win->w_cursor.col = len - 1; |
| 1099 | 578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2933 | 579 /* Move the cursor to the head byte. */ |
| 1099 | 580 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2933 | 581 mb_adjustpos(win->w_buffer, &win->w_cursor); |
| 1099 | 582 #endif |
| 583 } | |
| 7 | 584 } |
| 2933 | 585 else if (win->w_cursor.col < 0) |
| 586 win->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7 | 587 |
| 588 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 589 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position, | |
| 590 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the | |
| 591 * line. */ | |
| 592 if (oldcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 2933 | 593 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 7 | 594 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) |
| 1841 | 595 { |
| 2933 | 596 if (oldcoladd > win->w_cursor.col) |
| 597 win->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - win->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1841 | 598 else |
| 599 /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */ | |
| 2933 | 600 win->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
| 1841 | 601 } |
| 7 | 602 #endif |
| 603 } | |
| 604 | |
| 605 /* | |
| 606 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character | |
| 607 */ | |
| 608 void | |
| 609 check_cursor() | |
| 610 { | |
| 611 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 612 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 616 /* | |
| 617 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line. | |
| 618 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old". | |
| 619 */ | |
| 620 void | |
| 621 adjust_cursor_col() | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 624 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o') | |
| 625 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 626 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 627 } | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 | |
| 630 /* | |
| 631 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position. | |
| 632 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 int | |
| 635 leftcol_changed() | |
| 636 { | |
| 637 long lastcol; | |
| 638 colnr_T s, e; | |
| 639 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 640 | |
| 641 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 642 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1; | |
| 643 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 644 | |
| 645 /* | |
| 646 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first | |
| 647 * character. | |
| 648 */ | |
| 649 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)) | |
| 650 { | |
| 651 retval = TRUE; | |
| 652 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)); | |
| 653 } | |
| 654 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 retval = TRUE; | |
| 657 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)); | |
| 658 } | |
| 659 | |
| 660 /* | |
| 661 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen, | |
| 662 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the | |
| 663 * line) adjust the scrolling. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e); | |
| 666 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol) | |
| 667 { | |
| 668 retval = TRUE; | |
| 669 coladvance(s - 1); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol) | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 retval = TRUE; | |
| 674 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */ | |
| 675 { | |
| 676 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */ | |
| 677 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 | |
| 681 if (retval) | |
| 682 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 683 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 684 return retval; | |
| 685 } | |
| 686 | |
| 687 /********************************************************************** | |
| 688 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory. | |
| 689 */ | |
| 690 | |
| 691 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 692 | |
| 693 # define MEM_SIZES 8200 | |
| 694 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 695 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 696 static long_u mem_allocated; | |
| 697 static long_u mem_freed; | |
| 698 static long_u mem_peak; | |
| 699 static long_u num_alloc; | |
| 700 static long_u num_freed; | |
| 701 | |
| 702 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep)); | |
| 703 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep)); | |
| 704 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size)); | |
| 705 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp)); | |
| 706 | |
| 707 static void | |
| 708 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep) | |
| 709 size_t *sizep; | |
| 710 { | |
| 711 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 712 } | |
| 713 | |
| 714 static void | |
| 715 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep) | |
| 716 long_u *sizep; | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 719 } | |
| 720 | |
| 721 static void | |
| 722 mem_post_alloc(pp, size) | |
| 723 void **pp; | |
| 724 size_t size; | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 if (*pp == NULL) | |
| 727 return; | |
| 728 size -= sizeof(size_t); | |
| 729 *(long_u *)*pp = size; | |
| 730 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 731 mem_allocs[size-1]++; | |
| 732 else | |
| 733 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 734 mem_allocated += size; | |
| 735 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak) | |
| 736 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed; | |
| 737 num_alloc++; | |
| 738 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 739 } | |
| 740 | |
| 741 static void | |
| 742 mem_pre_free(pp) | |
| 743 void **pp; | |
| 744 { | |
| 745 long_u size; | |
| 746 | |
| 747 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 748 size = *(size_t *)*pp; | |
| 749 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 750 mem_frees[size-1]++; | |
| 751 else | |
| 752 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 753 mem_freed += size; | |
| 754 num_freed++; | |
| 755 } | |
| 756 | |
| 757 /* | |
| 758 * called on exit via atexit() | |
| 759 */ | |
| 760 void | |
| 761 vim_mem_profile_dump() | |
| 762 { | |
| 763 int i, j; | |
| 764 | |
| 765 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 766 j = 0; | |
| 767 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++) | |
| 768 { | |
| 769 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i]) | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 772 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: ")); | |
| 773 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
| 774 j++; | |
| 775 if (j > 3) | |
| 776 { | |
| 777 j = 0; | |
| 778 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 779 } | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 } | |
| 782 | |
| 783 i = MEM_SIZES - 1; | |
| 784 if (mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 785 { | |
| 786 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 787 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
788 puts(_("ERROR: ")); |
| 7 | 789 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"), | |
| 793 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak); | |
| 794 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"), | |
| 795 num_alloc, num_freed); | |
| 796 } | |
| 797 | |
| 798 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */ | |
| 799 | |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
800 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
|
7593
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
801 static int alloc_does_fail __ARGS((long_u size)); |
|
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
802 |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
803 static int |
|
7593
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
804 alloc_does_fail(size) |
|
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
805 long_u size; |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
806 { |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
807 if (alloc_fail_countdown == 0) |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
808 { |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
809 if (--alloc_fail_repeat <= 0) |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
810 alloc_fail_id = 0; |
|
7593
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
811 do_outofmem_msg(size); |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
812 return TRUE; |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
813 } |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
814 --alloc_fail_countdown; |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
815 return FALSE; |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
816 } |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
817 #endif |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
818 |
| 7 | 819 /* |
| 820 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to | |
| 821 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add(). | |
| 822 */ | |
| 823 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 824 # define SMALL_MEM | |
| 825 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L | |
| 826 #else | |
| 827 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L) | |
| 828 #endif | |
| 3634 | 829 #define KEEP_ROOM_KB (KEEP_ROOM / 1024L) |
| 7 | 830 |
| 831 /* | |
| 1576 | 832 * Note: if unsigned is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc(). |
| 7 | 833 * Use lalloc for larger blocks. |
| 834 */ | |
| 835 char_u * | |
| 836 alloc(size) | |
| 837 unsigned size; | |
| 838 { | |
| 839 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 840 } | |
| 841 | |
| 842 /* | |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
843 * alloc() with an ID for alloc_fail(). |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
844 */ |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
845 char_u * |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
846 alloc_id(size, id) |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
847 unsigned size; |
|
7545
4c922651fd78
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/28fb79db6b52d1154e8dc63d227673648c2fce15
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7536
diff
changeset
|
848 alloc_id_T id UNUSED; |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
849 { |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
850 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
|
7593
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
851 if (alloc_fail_id == id && alloc_does_fail((long_u)size)) |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
852 return NULL; |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
853 #endif |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
854 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
855 } |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
856 |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
857 /* |
| 7 | 858 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero. |
| 859 */ | |
| 860 char_u * | |
| 861 alloc_clear(size) | |
| 862 unsigned size; | |
| 863 { | |
| 864 char_u *p; | |
| 865 | |
|
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2522
diff
changeset
|
866 p = lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE); |
| 7 | 867 if (p != NULL) |
| 868 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 869 return p; | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 | |
| 872 /* | |
| 873 * alloc() with check for maximum line length | |
| 874 */ | |
| 875 char_u * | |
| 876 alloc_check(size) | |
| 877 unsigned size; | |
| 878 { | |
| 879 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__) | |
| 880 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff) | |
| 881 { | |
| 882 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 883 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 884 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long")); | |
| 885 return NULL; | |
| 886 } | |
| 887 #endif | |
| 888 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 889 } | |
| 890 | |
| 891 /* | |
| 892 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 893 */ | |
| 894 char_u * | |
| 895 lalloc_clear(size, message) | |
| 896 long_u size; | |
| 897 int message; | |
| 898 { | |
| 899 char_u *p; | |
| 900 | |
| 901 p = (lalloc(size, message)); | |
| 902 if (p != NULL) | |
| 903 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 904 return p; | |
| 905 } | |
| 906 | |
| 907 /* | |
| 908 * Low level memory allocation function. | |
| 909 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST! | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 char_u * | |
| 912 lalloc(size, message) | |
| 913 long_u size; | |
| 914 int message; | |
| 915 { | |
| 916 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */ | |
| 917 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */ | |
| 918 int try_again; | |
| 919 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM) | |
| 920 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */ | |
| 921 #endif | |
| 922 | |
| 923 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */ | |
| 924 if (size == 0) | |
| 925 { | |
| 926 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 927 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 928 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size); | |
| 929 return NULL; | |
| 930 } | |
| 931 | |
| 932 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 933 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size); | |
| 934 #endif | |
| 935 | |
| 936 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 937 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */ | |
| 938 p = NULL; | |
| 939 else | |
| 940 #endif | |
| 941 | |
| 942 /* | |
| 943 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and | |
| 944 * if some blocks are released call malloc again. | |
| 945 */ | |
| 946 for (;;) | |
| 947 { | |
| 948 /* | |
| 949 * Handle three kind of systems: | |
| 950 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return. | |
| 951 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 952 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory. | |
| 953 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() | |
| 954 */ | |
| 955 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL) | |
| 956 { | |
| 957 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM | |
| 958 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */ | |
| 959 goto theend; | |
| 960 #else | |
| 961 # ifndef SMALL_MEM | |
| 962 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 963 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */ | |
| 964 allocated += size; | |
| 965 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2) | |
| 966 goto theend; | |
| 967 allocated = 0; | |
| 968 # endif | |
| 969 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */ | |
| 3634 | 970 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM_KB && !releasing) |
| 7 | 971 { |
| 1737 | 972 free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */ |
| 7 | 973 p = NULL; |
| 974 } | |
| 975 else | |
| 976 goto theend; | |
| 977 #endif | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 /* | |
| 980 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless | |
| 981 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively. | |
| 982 */ | |
| 983 if (releasing) | |
| 984 break; | |
| 985 releasing = TRUE; | |
| 448 | 986 |
| 987 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ | |
| 988 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */ | |
| 989 | |
| 7 | 990 releasing = FALSE; |
| 991 if (!try_again) | |
| 992 break; | |
| 993 } | |
| 994 | |
| 995 if (message && p == NULL) | |
| 996 do_outofmem_msg(size); | |
| 997 | |
| 998 theend: | |
| 999 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 1000 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size); | |
| 1001 #endif | |
| 1002 return p; | |
| 1003 } | |
| 1004 | |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1005 /* |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1006 * lalloc() with an ID for alloc_fail(). |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1007 */ |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1008 char_u * |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1009 lalloc_id(size, message, id) |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1010 long_u size; |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1011 int message; |
|
7545
4c922651fd78
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/28fb79db6b52d1154e8dc63d227673648c2fce15
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7536
diff
changeset
|
1012 alloc_id_T id UNUSED; |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1013 { |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1014 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
|
7593
87e607fb6853
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/a260b87d9da17f605666630f18c1ed909c2b8bae
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7545
diff
changeset
|
1015 if (alloc_fail_id == id && alloc_does_fail(size)) |
|
7513
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1016 return NULL; |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1017 #endif |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1018 return (lalloc((long_u)size, message)); |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1019 } |
|
37e061ec063c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/75bdf6aa30a5c99d67c42886cf7a4a000bbaa422
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7447
diff
changeset
|
1020 |
| 7 | 1021 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 1022 /* | |
| 1023 * realloc() with memory profiling. | |
| 1024 */ | |
| 1025 void * | |
| 1026 mem_realloc(ptr, size) | |
| 1027 void *ptr; | |
| 1028 size_t size; | |
| 1029 { | |
| 1030 void *p; | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 mem_pre_free(&ptr); | |
| 1033 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size); | |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 p = realloc(ptr, size); | |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 mem_post_alloc(&p, size); | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 return p; | |
| 1040 } | |
| 1041 #endif | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 /* | |
| 1044 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each). | |
| 1045 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read. | |
| 1046 */ | |
| 1047 void | |
| 1048 do_outofmem_msg(size) | |
| 1049 long_u size; | |
| 1050 { | |
| 1051 if (!did_outofmem_msg) | |
| 1052 { | |
| 1053 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 1054 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 3156 | 1055 |
| 1056 /* Must come first to avoid coming back here when printing the error | |
| 1057 * message fails, e.g. when setting v:errmsg. */ | |
| 1058 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; | |
| 1059 | |
| 7 | 1060 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size); |
| 1061 } | |
| 1062 } | |
| 1063 | |
| 356 | 1064 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 359 | 1065 |
| 1066 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1067 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1068 # endif | |
| 1069 | |
| 356 | 1070 /* |
| 1071 * Free everything that we allocated. | |
| 1072 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc. | |
| 359 | 1073 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be |
| 1074 * surprised if Vim crashes... | |
| 1075 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function. | |
| 356 | 1076 */ |
| 1077 void | |
| 1078 free_all_mem() | |
| 1079 { | |
| 1080 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf; | |
| 359 | 1081 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly. | |
| 1084 * Don't try freeing everything again. */ | |
| 1085 if (entered) | |
| 1086 return; | |
| 1087 entered = TRUE; | |
| 356 | 1088 |
| 1446 | 1089 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 6222 | 1090 /* Don't want to trigger autocommands from here on. */ |
| 1091 block_autocmds(); | |
| 1446 | 1092 # endif |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
|
2363
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1095 /* Close all tabs and windows. Reset 'equalalways' to avoid redraws. */ |
|
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1096 p_ea = FALSE; |
| 766 | 1097 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 1098 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!"); | |
| 1099 if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
| 1100 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!"); | |
| 1446 | 1101 # endif |
| 673 | 1102 |
| 741 | 1103 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL) |
| 356 | 1104 /* Free all spell info. */ |
| 1105 spell_free_all(); | |
| 1106 # endif | |
| 1107 | |
| 359 | 1108 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) |
| 356 | 1109 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */ |
| 1110 ex_comclear(NULL); | |
| 359 | 1111 # endif |
| 356 | 1112 |
| 1113 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1114 /* Clear menus. */ | |
| 1115 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *"); | |
| 1993 | 1116 # ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
| 1117 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"menutranslate clear"); | |
| 1118 # endif | |
| 356 | 1119 # endif |
| 1120 | |
| 359 | 1121 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */ |
| 1993 | 1122 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"lmapclear"); |
| 1123 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"xmapclear"); | |
| 356 | 1124 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear"); |
| 1125 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!"); | |
| 1126 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear"); | |
| 359 | 1127 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 1128 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *"); | |
| 1129 # endif | |
| 362 | 1130 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) |
| 1131 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *"); | |
| 1132 # endif | |
| 1828 | 1133 # if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) |
| 1134 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap="); | |
| 1135 #endif | |
| 359 | 1136 |
| 1137 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 1138 free_titles(); | |
| 1139 # endif | |
| 1140 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1141 free_findfile(); | |
| 1142 # endif | |
| 356 | 1143 |
| 1144 /* Obviously named calls. */ | |
| 1145 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
| 1146 free_all_autocmds(); | |
| 1147 # endif | |
| 1148 clear_termcodes(); | |
| 359 | 1149 free_all_options(); |
| 1150 free_all_marks(); | |
| 1151 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
| 1152 free_homedir(); | |
| 3744 | 1153 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
| 1154 free_users(); | |
| 1155 # endif | |
| 359 | 1156 free_search_patterns(); |
| 1157 free_old_sub(); | |
| 1158 free_last_insert(); | |
| 1159 free_prev_shellcmd(); | |
| 1160 free_regexp_stuff(); | |
| 1161 free_tag_stuff(); | |
| 1162 free_cd_dir(); | |
| 1828 | 1163 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS |
| 1164 free_signs(); | |
| 1165 # endif | |
| 1446 | 1166 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 359 | 1167 set_expr_line(NULL); |
| 1446 | 1168 # endif |
| 1169 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 673 | 1170 diff_clear(curtab); |
| 1446 | 1171 # endif |
| 626 | 1172 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ |
| 359 | 1173 |
| 1174 /* Free some global vars. */ | |
| 1175 vim_free(username); | |
| 1422 | 1176 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
1177 vim_regfree(clip_exclude_prog); |
| 1422 | 1178 # endif |
| 359 | 1179 vim_free(last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1180 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 359 | 1181 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1182 # endif |
| 680 | 1183 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
| 359 | 1184 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 356 | 1185 |
| 1186 /* Clear cmdline history. */ | |
| 1187 p_hi = 0; | |
| 1446 | 1188 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 356 | 1189 init_history(); |
| 1446 | 1190 # endif |
| 356 | 1191 |
| 359 | 1192 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
| 1446 | 1193 { |
| 1863 | 1194 win_T *win; |
| 1195 tabpage_T *tab; | |
| 1446 | 1196 |
| 1197 qf_free_all(NULL); | |
| 1198 /* Free all location lists */ | |
| 1863 | 1199 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win) |
| 1446 | 1200 qf_free_all(win); |
| 1201 } | |
| 359 | 1202 #endif |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 /* Close all script inputs. */ | |
| 1205 close_all_scripts(); | |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 1208 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */ | |
| 1209 win_free_all(); | |
| 1210 #endif | |
| 1211 | |
| 1576 | 1212 /* Free all buffers. Reset 'autochdir' to avoid accessing things that |
| 1213 * were freed already. */ | |
| 1214 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR | |
| 1215 p_acd = FALSE; | |
| 1216 #endif | |
| 356 | 1217 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; ) |
| 1218 { | |
| 1219 nextbuf = buf->b_next; | |
| 3365 | 1220 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE, FALSE); |
| 356 | 1221 if (buf_valid(buf)) |
| 1222 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */ | |
| 1223 else | |
| 1224 buf = firstbuf; | |
| 1225 } | |
| 1226 | |
| 359 | 1227 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1228 free_cmdline_buf(); | |
| 356 | 1229 #endif |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 /* Clear registers. */ | |
| 1232 clear_registers(); | |
| 1233 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1234 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1235 | |
| 1071 | 1236 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
| 359 | 1237 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName); |
| 1238 #endif | |
| 1239 | |
| 356 | 1240 /* highlight info */ |
| 1241 free_highlight(); | |
| 1242 | |
| 362 | 1243 reset_last_sourcing(); |
| 1244 | |
| 766 | 1245 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 853 | 1246 free_tabpage(first_tabpage); |
| 1247 first_tabpage = NULL; | |
| 766 | 1248 #endif |
| 1249 | |
| 356 | 1250 # ifdef UNIX |
| 1251 /* Machine-specific free. */ | |
| 1252 mch_free_mem(); | |
| 1253 # endif | |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 /* message history */ | |
| 1256 for (;;) | |
| 1257 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL) | |
| 1258 break; | |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1261 eval_clear(); | |
| 1262 # endif | |
| 1263 | |
| 359 | 1264 free_termoptions(); |
| 1265 | |
| 356 | 1266 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */ |
| 1267 free_screenlines(); | |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 #if defined(USE_XSMP) | |
| 1270 xsmp_close(); | |
| 1271 #endif | |
| 359 | 1272 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1273 gui_mch_free_all(); | |
| 1274 #endif | |
| 1275 clear_hl_tables(); | |
| 356 | 1276 |
| 1277 vim_free(IObuff); | |
| 1278 vim_free(NameBuff); | |
| 1279 } | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 1281 | |
| 7 | 1282 /* |
| 2656 | 1283 * Copy "string" into newly allocated memory. |
| 7 | 1284 */ |
| 1285 char_u * | |
| 1286 vim_strsave(string) | |
| 1287 char_u *string; | |
| 1288 { | |
| 1289 char_u *p; | |
| 1290 unsigned len; | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1; | |
| 1293 p = alloc(len); | |
| 1294 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1295 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len); | |
| 1296 return p; | |
| 1297 } | |
| 1298 | |
| 2656 | 1299 /* |
| 1300 * Copy up to "len" bytes of "string" into newly allocated memory and | |
| 1301 * terminate with a NUL. | |
| 1302 * The allocated memory always has size "len + 1", also when "string" is | |
| 1303 * shorter. | |
| 1304 */ | |
| 7 | 1305 char_u * |
| 1306 vim_strnsave(string, len) | |
| 1307 char_u *string; | |
| 1308 int len; | |
| 1309 { | |
| 1310 char_u *p; | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 1313 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1314 { | |
| 1315 STRNCPY(p, string, len); | |
| 1316 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 1317 } | |
| 1318 return p; | |
| 1319 } | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 /* | |
| 1322 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded | |
| 1323 * by a backslash. | |
| 1324 */ | |
| 1325 char_u * | |
| 1326 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars) | |
| 1327 char_u *string; | |
| 1328 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 1329 { | |
| 16 | 1330 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE); |
| 7 | 1331 } |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 /* | |
| 1334 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape | |
| 1335 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash. | |
| 16 | 1336 * Escape the characters with "cc". |
| 7 | 1337 */ |
| 1338 char_u * | |
| 16 | 1339 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl) |
| 7 | 1340 char_u *string; |
| 1341 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 16 | 1342 int cc; |
| 7 | 1343 int bsl; |
| 1344 { | |
| 1345 char_u *p; | |
| 1346 char_u *p2; | |
| 1347 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1348 unsigned length; | |
| 1349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1350 int l; | |
| 1351 #endif | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 /* | |
| 1354 * First count the number of backslashes required. | |
| 1355 * Then allocate the memory and insert them. | |
| 1356 */ | |
| 1357 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */ | |
| 1358 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1359 { | |
| 1360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1361 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1362 { |
| 1363 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */ | |
| 1364 p += l - 1; | |
| 1365 continue; | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 #endif | |
| 1368 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 1369 ++length; /* count a backslash */ | |
| 1370 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */ | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1373 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1374 { | |
| 1375 p2 = escaped_string; | |
| 1376 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1377 { | |
| 1378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1379 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1380 { |
| 1381 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l); | |
| 1382 p2 += l; | |
| 1383 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */ | |
| 1384 continue; | |
| 1385 } | |
| 1386 #endif | |
| 1387 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 16 | 1388 *p2++ = cc; |
| 7 | 1389 *p2++ = *p; |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 *p2 = NUL; | |
| 1392 } | |
| 1393 return escaped_string; | |
| 1394 } | |
| 1395 | |
| 1685 | 1396 /* |
| 1397 * Return TRUE when 'shell' has "csh" in the tail. | |
| 1398 */ | |
| 1399 int | |
| 1400 csh_like_shell() | |
| 1401 { | |
| 1402 return (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "csh") != NULL); | |
| 1403 } | |
| 1712 | 1404 |
| 985 | 1405 /* |
| 1406 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system(). | |
| 1993 | 1407 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double quotes |
| 985 | 1408 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set). |
| 1673 | 1409 * Escape a newline, depending on the 'shell' option. |
| 1410 * When "do_special" is TRUE also replace "!", "%", "#" and things starting | |
| 1411 * with "<" like "<cfile>". | |
| 5690 | 1412 * When "do_newline" is FALSE do not escape newline unless it is csh shell. |
| 985 | 1413 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out. |
| 1414 */ | |
| 1415 char_u * | |
| 5690 | 1416 vim_strsave_shellescape(string, do_special, do_newline) |
| 985 | 1417 char_u *string; |
| 1661 | 1418 int do_special; |
| 5690 | 1419 int do_newline; |
| 985 | 1420 { |
| 1421 unsigned length; | |
| 1422 char_u *p; | |
| 1423 char_u *d; | |
| 1424 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1661 | 1425 int l; |
| 1673 | 1426 int csh_like; |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 /* Only csh and similar shells expand '!' within single quotes. For sh and | |
| 1429 * the like we must not put a backslash before it, it will be taken | |
| 1430 * literally. If do_special is set the '!' will be escaped twice. | |
| 1431 * Csh also needs to have "\n" escaped twice when do_special is set. */ | |
| 1685 | 1432 csh_like = csh_like_shell(); |
| 985 | 1433 |
| 1434 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */ | |
| 1072 | 1435 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */ |
| 985 | 1436 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1439 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1440 { | |
| 1441 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1442 ++length; /* " -> "" */ | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 else | |
| 1445 # endif | |
| 1446 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1447 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */ | |
| 5690 | 1448 if ((*p == '\n' && (csh_like || do_newline)) |
| 1449 || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) | |
| 1673 | 1450 { |
| 1451 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1452 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1453 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1661 | 1455 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1456 { | |
| 1457 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1458 p += l - 1; | |
| 1459 } | |
| 985 | 1460 } |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */ | |
| 1463 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1464 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1465 { | |
| 1466 d = escaped_string; | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 /* add opening quote */ | |
| 1469 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1470 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1471 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1472 else | |
| 1473 # endif | |
| 1474 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 for (p = string; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 1477 { | |
| 1478 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1479 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1480 { | |
| 1481 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1482 { | |
| 1483 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1484 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1485 ++p; | |
| 1486 continue; | |
| 1487 } | |
| 1488 } | |
| 1489 else | |
| 1490 # endif | |
| 1491 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1492 { | |
| 1661 | 1493 *d++ = '\''; |
| 1494 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1495 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1496 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 985 | 1497 ++p; |
| 1498 continue; | |
| 1499 } | |
| 5690 | 1500 if ((*p == '\n' && (csh_like || do_newline)) |
| 1501 || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) | |
| 1673 | 1502 { |
| 1503 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1504 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1505 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1506 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 1507 continue; | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1661 | 1509 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1510 { | |
| 1511 *d++ = '\\'; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1512 while (--l >= 0) /* copy the var */ | |
| 1513 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 2009 | 1514 continue; |
| 1661 | 1515 } |
| 985 | 1516 |
| 1517 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d); | |
| 1518 } | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */ | |
| 1521 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1522 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1523 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1524 else | |
| 1525 # endif | |
| 1526 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1527 *d = NUL; | |
| 1528 } | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 return escaped_string; | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 | |
| 7 | 1533 /* |
| 1534 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1535 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1536 */ | |
| 1537 char_u * | |
| 1538 vim_strsave_up(string) | |
| 1539 char_u *string; | |
| 1540 { | |
| 1541 char_u *p1; | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 p1 = vim_strsave(string); | |
| 1544 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1545 return p1; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 /* | |
| 1549 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1550 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 char_u * | |
| 1553 vim_strnsave_up(string, len) | |
| 1554 char_u *string; | |
| 1555 int len; | |
| 1556 { | |
| 1557 char_u *p1; | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len); | |
| 1560 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1561 return p1; | |
| 1562 } | |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 /* | |
| 1565 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1566 */ | |
| 1567 void | |
| 1568 vim_strup(p) | |
| 1569 char_u *p; | |
| 1570 { | |
| 1571 char_u *p2; | |
| 1572 int c; | |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1575 { | |
| 1576 p2 = p; | |
| 1577 while ((c = *p2) != NUL) | |
| 1578 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1579 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c; | |
| 1580 #else | |
| 1581 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20); | |
| 1582 #endif | |
| 1583 } | |
| 1584 } | |
| 1585 | |
| 741 | 1586 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 323 | 1587 /* |
| 1588 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory. | |
| 1589 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible. | |
| 1590 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 1591 */ | |
| 1592 char_u * | |
| 1593 strup_save(orig) | |
| 1594 char_u *orig; | |
| 1595 { | |
| 1596 char_u *p; | |
| 1597 char_u *res; | |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 res = p = vim_strsave(orig); | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 if (res != NULL) | |
| 1602 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1603 { | |
| 1604 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1605 int l; | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1608 { | |
| 1609 int c, uc; | |
| 3263 | 1610 int newl; |
| 323 | 1611 char_u *s; |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 c = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 1614 uc = utf_toupper(c); | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare, | |
| 1617 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */ | |
| 474 | 1618 l = utf_ptr2len(p); |
| 3263 | 1619 newl = utf_char2len(uc); |
| 1620 if (newl != l) | |
| 323 | 1621 { |
| 3263 | 1622 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + newl - l); |
| 323 | 1623 if (s == NULL) |
| 1624 break; | |
| 1625 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res); | |
| 3263 | 1626 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + newl, p + l); |
| 323 | 1627 p = s + (p - res); |
| 1628 vim_free(res); | |
| 1629 res = s; | |
| 1630 } | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 utf_char2bytes(uc, p); | |
| 3263 | 1633 p += newl; |
| 323 | 1634 } |
| 474 | 1635 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 323 | 1636 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */ |
| 1637 else | |
| 1638 # endif | |
| 1639 { | |
| 1640 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */ | |
| 1641 p++; | |
| 1642 } | |
| 1643 } | |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 return res; | |
| 1646 } | |
| 1647 #endif | |
| 1648 | |
| 7 | 1649 /* |
| 1650 * delete spaces at the end of a string | |
| 1651 */ | |
| 1652 void | |
| 1653 del_trailing_spaces(ptr) | |
| 1654 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1655 { | |
| 1656 char_u *q; | |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 1659 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V) | |
| 1660 *q = NUL; | |
| 1661 } | |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 /* | |
| 323 | 1664 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL. |
| 378 | 1665 * "to" must be "len + 1" long! |
| 7 | 1666 */ |
| 1667 void | |
| 1668 vim_strncpy(to, from, len) | |
| 323 | 1669 char_u *to; |
| 1670 char_u *from; | |
| 418 | 1671 size_t len; |
| 7 | 1672 { |
| 323 | 1673 STRNCPY(to, from, len); |
| 1674 to[len] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 1675 } |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 /* | |
| 2768 | 1678 * Like strcat(), but make sure the result fits in "tosize" bytes and is |
| 1679 * always NUL terminated. | |
| 1680 */ | |
| 1681 void | |
| 1682 vim_strcat(to, from, tosize) | |
| 1683 char_u *to; | |
| 1684 char_u *from; | |
| 1685 size_t tosize; | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 size_t tolen = STRLEN(to); | |
| 1688 size_t fromlen = STRLEN(from); | |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 if (tolen + fromlen + 1 > tosize) | |
| 1691 { | |
| 1692 mch_memmove(to + tolen, from, tosize - tolen - 1); | |
| 1693 to[tosize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 else | |
| 1696 STRCPY(to + tolen, from); | |
| 1697 } | |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 /* | |
| 7 | 1700 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with |
| 1701 * "sep_chars". | |
| 459 | 1702 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]". |
| 7 | 1703 * "*option" is advanced to the next part. |
| 1704 * The length is returned. | |
| 1705 */ | |
| 1706 int | |
| 1707 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars) | |
| 1708 char_u **option; | |
| 1709 char_u *buf; | |
| 1710 int maxlen; | |
| 1711 char *sep_chars; | |
| 1712 { | |
| 1713 int len = 0; | |
| 1714 char_u *p = *option; | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */ | |
| 1717 if (*p == '.') | |
| 1718 buf[len++] = *p++; | |
| 1719 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL) | |
| 1720 { | |
| 1721 /* | |
| 1722 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space. | |
| 1723 */ | |
| 1724 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL) | |
| 1725 ++p; | |
| 1726 if (len < maxlen - 1) | |
| 1727 buf[len++] = *p; | |
| 1728 ++p; | |
| 1729 } | |
| 1730 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */ | |
| 1733 ++p; | |
| 1734 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */ | |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 *option = p; | |
| 1737 return len; | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 /* | |
| 625 | 1741 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers. |
| 1742 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly | |
| 1743 * signal that was caused by a crash in free(). | |
| 7 | 1744 */ |
| 1745 void | |
| 1746 vim_free(x) | |
| 1747 void *x; | |
| 1748 { | |
| 625 | 1749 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting) |
| 7 | 1750 { |
| 1751 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 1752 mem_pre_free(&x); | |
| 1753 #endif | |
| 1754 free(x); | |
| 1755 } | |
| 1756 } | |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET | |
| 1759 void * | |
| 1760 vim_memset(ptr, c, size) | |
| 1761 void *ptr; | |
| 1762 int c; | |
| 1763 size_t size; | |
| 1764 { | |
| 1765 char *p = ptr; | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 while (size-- > 0) | |
| 1768 *p++ = c; | |
| 1769 return ptr; | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 #endif | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP | |
| 1774 /* | |
| 1775 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes. | |
| 1776 * Return non-zero otherwise. | |
| 1777 */ | |
| 1778 int | |
| 1779 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len) | |
| 1780 void *b1; | |
| 1781 void *b2; | |
| 1782 size_t len; | |
| 1783 { | |
| 1784 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2; | |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 for ( ; len > 0; --len) | |
| 1787 { | |
| 1788 if (*p1 != *p2) | |
| 1789 return 1; | |
| 1790 ++p1; | |
| 1791 ++p2; | |
| 1792 } | |
| 1793 return 0; | |
| 1794 } | |
| 1795 #endif | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE | |
| 1798 /* | |
| 1799 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination. | |
| 1800 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV). | |
| 1801 */ | |
| 1802 void | |
| 1803 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len) | |
| 1804 void *src_arg, *dst_arg; | |
| 1805 size_t len; | |
| 1806 { | |
| 1807 /* | |
| 1808 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers. | |
| 1809 */ | |
| 1810 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg; | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 /* overlap, copy backwards */ | |
| 1813 if (dst > src && dst < src + len) | |
| 1814 { | |
| 1815 src += len; | |
| 1816 dst += len; | |
| 1817 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1818 *--dst = *--src; | |
| 1819 } | |
| 1820 else /* copy forwards */ | |
| 1821 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1822 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 1823 } | |
| 1824 #endif | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1827 /* | |
| 1828 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1829 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1830 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1831 */ | |
| 1832 int | |
| 1833 vim_stricmp(s1, s2) | |
| 1834 char *s1; | |
| 1835 char *s2; | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 int i; | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 for (;;) | |
| 1840 { | |
| 1841 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1842 if (i != 0) | |
| 1843 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1844 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1845 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1846 ++s1; | |
| 1847 ++s2; | |
| 1848 } | |
| 1849 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1850 } | |
| 1851 #endif | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1854 /* | |
| 1855 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1856 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1857 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1858 */ | |
| 1859 int | |
| 1860 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len) | |
| 1861 char *s1; | |
| 1862 char *s2; | |
| 1863 size_t len; | |
| 1864 { | |
| 1865 int i; | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 while (len > 0) | |
| 1868 { | |
| 1869 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1870 if (i != 0) | |
| 1871 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1872 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1873 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1874 ++s1; | |
| 1875 ++s2; | |
| 1876 --len; | |
| 1877 } | |
| 1878 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1879 } | |
| 1880 #endif | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 /* | |
| 1883 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings | |
| 170 | 1884 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a |
| 1885 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 7 | 1886 */ |
| 1887 char_u * | |
| 1888 vim_strchr(string, c) | |
| 1889 char_u *string; | |
| 1890 int c; | |
| 1891 { | |
| 1892 char_u *p; | |
| 1893 int b; | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 p = string; | |
| 1896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1897 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1900 { | |
| 6765 | 1901 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 /* Avoid matching an illegal byte here. */ | |
| 1904 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c && l > 1) | |
| 7 | 1905 return p; |
| 6765 | 1906 p += l; |
| 7 | 1907 } |
| 1908 return NULL; | |
| 1909 } | |
| 1910 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 int n2 = c & 0xff; | |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 1915 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1916 { | |
| 1917 if (b == c && p[1] == n2) | |
| 1918 return p; | |
| 474 | 1919 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1920 } |
| 1921 return NULL; | |
| 1922 } | |
| 1923 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1924 { | |
| 1925 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1926 { | |
| 1927 if (b == c) | |
| 1928 return p; | |
| 474 | 1929 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1930 } |
| 1931 return NULL; | |
| 1932 } | |
| 1933 #endif | |
| 1934 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1935 { | |
| 1936 if (b == c) | |
| 1937 return p; | |
| 1938 ++p; | |
| 1939 } | |
| 1940 return NULL; | |
| 1941 } | |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 /* | |
| 170 | 1944 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char |
| 1945 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a | |
| 1946 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 1947 */ | |
| 1948 char_u * | |
| 1949 vim_strbyte(string, c) | |
| 1950 char_u *string; | |
| 1951 int c; | |
| 1952 { | |
| 1953 char_u *p = string; | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1956 { | |
| 1957 if (*p == c) | |
| 1958 return p; | |
| 1959 ++p; | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 return NULL; | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 /* | |
| 7 | 1965 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string". |
| 500 | 1966 * Return NULL if not found. |
| 170 | 1967 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"! |
| 7 | 1968 */ |
| 1969 char_u * | |
| 1970 vim_strrchr(string, c) | |
| 1971 char_u *string; | |
| 1972 int c; | |
| 1973 { | |
| 1974 char_u *retval = NULL; | |
| 170 | 1975 char_u *p = string; |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 while (*p) | |
| 7 | 1978 { |
| 170 | 1979 if (*p == c) |
| 1980 retval = p; | |
| 1981 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 7 | 1982 } |
| 1983 return retval; | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 /* | |
| 1987 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing. | |
| 1988 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used. | |
| 1989 */ | |
| 1990 #ifndef PROTO | |
| 1991 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK | |
| 1992 # ifdef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1993 # undef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1994 # endif | |
| 1995 char_u * | |
| 1996 vim_strpbrk(s, charset) | |
| 1997 char_u *s; | |
| 1998 char_u *charset; | |
| 1999 { | |
| 2000 while (*s) | |
| 2001 { | |
| 2002 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL) | |
| 2003 return s; | |
| 39 | 2004 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2005 } |
| 2006 return NULL; | |
| 2007 } | |
| 2008 # endif | |
| 2009 #endif | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 /* | |
| 2012 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace() | |
| 2013 * can't handle characters above 128. | |
| 2014 */ | |
| 2015 int | |
| 2016 vim_isspace(x) | |
| 2017 int x; | |
| 2018 { | |
| 2019 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' '); | |
| 2020 } | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 /************************************************************************ | |
| 119 | 2023 * Functions for handling growing arrays. |
| 7 | 2024 */ |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 /* | |
| 2027 * Clear an allocated growing array. | |
| 2028 */ | |
| 2029 void | |
| 2030 ga_clear(gap) | |
| 2031 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2032 { | |
| 2033 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
| 2034 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 /* | |
| 2038 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings. | |
| 2039 */ | |
| 2040 void | |
| 2041 ga_clear_strings(gap) | |
| 2042 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2043 { | |
| 2044 int i; | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) | |
| 2047 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 2048 ga_clear(gap); | |
| 2049 } | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 /* | |
| 2052 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and | |
| 2053 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2(). | |
| 2054 */ | |
| 2055 void | |
| 2056 ga_init(gap) | |
| 2057 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2058 { | |
| 2059 gap->ga_data = NULL; | |
| 41 | 2060 gap->ga_maxlen = 0; |
| 7 | 2061 gap->ga_len = 0; |
| 2062 } | |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 void | |
| 2065 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize) | |
| 2066 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2067 int itemsize; | |
| 2068 int growsize; | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2071 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize; | |
| 2072 gap->ga_growsize = growsize; | |
| 2073 } | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 /* | |
| 2076 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items. | |
| 2077 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. | |
| 2078 */ | |
| 2079 int | |
| 2080 ga_grow(gap, n) | |
| 2081 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2082 int n; | |
| 2083 { | |
| 3376 | 2084 size_t old_len; |
| 2085 size_t new_len; | |
| 7 | 2086 char_u *pp; |
| 2087 | |
| 41 | 2088 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n) |
| 7 | 2089 { |
| 2090 if (n < gap->ga_growsize) | |
| 2091 n = gap->ga_growsize; | |
| 3376 | 2092 new_len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n); |
| 2093 pp = (gap->ga_data == NULL) | |
| 3386 | 2094 ? alloc((unsigned)new_len) : vim_realloc(gap->ga_data, new_len); |
| 7 | 2095 if (pp == NULL) |
| 2096 return FAIL; | |
| 3376 | 2097 old_len = gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_maxlen; |
| 2098 vim_memset(pp + old_len, 0, new_len - old_len); | |
| 41 | 2099 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n; |
| 7 | 2100 gap->ga_data = pp; |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 return OK; | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 /* | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2106 * For a growing array that contains a list of strings: concatenate all the |
| 5873 | 2107 * strings with a separating "sep". |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2108 * Returns NULL when out of memory. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2109 */ |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2110 char_u * |
| 5873 | 2111 ga_concat_strings(gap, sep) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2112 garray_T *gap; |
| 5873 | 2113 char *sep; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2114 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2115 int i; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2116 int len = 0; |
| 5873 | 2117 int sep_len = (int)STRLEN(sep); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2118 char_u *s; |
| 5873 | 2119 char_u *p; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2121 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
| 5873 | 2122 len += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]) + sep_len; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2124 s = alloc(len + 1); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2125 if (s != NULL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2126 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2127 *s = NUL; |
| 5873 | 2128 p = s; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2129 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2130 { |
| 5873 | 2131 if (p != s) |
| 2132 { | |
| 2133 STRCPY(p, sep); | |
| 2134 p += sep_len; | |
| 2135 } | |
| 2136 STRCPY(p, ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 2137 p += STRLEN(p); | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2138 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2139 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2140 return s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2141 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2143 /* |
| 7 | 2144 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters. |
|
7277
6600871bb38c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43345546ae63710441f066648b8485fb545b3801
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7214
diff
changeset
|
2145 * When "s" is NULL does not do anything. |
| 7 | 2146 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end! |
| 2147 */ | |
| 2148 void | |
| 2149 ga_concat(gap, s) | |
| 2150 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2151 char_u *s; | |
| 2152 { | |
|
7277
6600871bb38c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43345546ae63710441f066648b8485fb545b3801
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7214
diff
changeset
|
2153 int len; |
|
6600871bb38c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43345546ae63710441f066648b8485fb545b3801
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7214
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
|
6600871bb38c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43345546ae63710441f066648b8485fb545b3801
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7214
diff
changeset
|
2155 if (s == NULL) |
|
6600871bb38c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43345546ae63710441f066648b8485fb545b3801
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7214
diff
changeset
|
2156 return; |
|
6600871bb38c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43345546ae63710441f066648b8485fb545b3801
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7214
diff
changeset
|
2157 len = (int)STRLEN(s); |
| 7 | 2158 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK) |
| 2159 { | |
| 2160 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len); | |
| 2161 gap->ga_len += len; | |
| 2162 } | |
| 2163 } | |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 /* | |
| 2166 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes. | |
| 2167 */ | |
| 2168 void | |
| 2169 ga_append(gap, c) | |
| 2170 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2171 int c; | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK) | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c; | |
| 2176 ++gap->ga_len; | |
| 2177 } | |
| 2178 } | |
| 2179 | |
| 5995 | 2180 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(USE_SYSTEM)) || defined(WIN3264) \ |
| 2181 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2935 | 2182 /* |
| 2183 * Append the text in "gap" below the cursor line and clear "gap". | |
| 2184 */ | |
| 2185 void | |
| 2186 append_ga_line(gap) | |
| 2187 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2188 { | |
| 2189 /* Remove trailing CR. */ | |
| 2190 if (gap->ga_len > 0 | |
| 2191 && !curbuf->b_p_bin | |
| 2192 && ((char_u *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len - 1] == CAR) | |
| 2193 --gap->ga_len; | |
| 2194 ga_append(gap, NUL); | |
| 2195 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, gap->ga_data, 0, FALSE); | |
| 2196 gap->ga_len = 0; | |
| 2197 } | |
| 2198 #endif | |
| 2199 | |
| 7 | 2200 /************************************************************************ |
| 2201 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with | |
| 2202 * special key codes. | |
| 2203 */ | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 /* | |
| 2206 * Some useful tables. | |
| 2207 */ | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 static struct modmasktable | |
| 2210 { | |
| 2211 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2212 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2213 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */ | |
| 2214 } mod_mask_table[] = | |
| 2215 { | |
| 2216 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'}, | |
| 179 | 2217 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'}, |
| 7 | 2218 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'}, |
| 2219 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'}, | |
| 2220 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'}, | |
| 2221 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'}, | |
| 2222 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'}, | |
| 2223 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2224 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'}, | |
| 2225 #endif | |
| 2226 /* 'A' must be the last one */ | |
| 2227 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'}, | |
| 2228 {0, 0, NUL} | |
| 2229 }; | |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 /* | |
| 2232 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent. | |
| 1209 | 2233 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately! |
| 7 | 2234 */ |
| 2235 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5 | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] = | |
| 2238 { | |
| 2239 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */ | |
| 2240 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */ | |
| 2241 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */ | |
| 2242 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */ | |
| 2243 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */ | |
| 2244 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */ | |
| 2245 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */ | |
| 2246 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */ | |
| 2247 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2248 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2249 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */ | |
| 2250 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */ | |
| 2251 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */ | |
| 2252 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2253 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2254 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */ | |
| 2255 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2256 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2257 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */ | |
| 2258 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */ | |
| 2259 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */ | |
| 2260 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */ | |
| 2261 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */ | |
| 2262 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */ | |
| 2263 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */ | |
| 2264 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */ | |
| 2265 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2266 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2267 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */ | |
| 2268 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */ | |
| 2269 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */ | |
| 2270 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */ | |
| 2271 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */ | |
| 2272 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */ | |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 /* vt100 F1 */ | |
| 2275 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1, | |
| 2276 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2, | |
| 2277 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3, | |
| 2278 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4, | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */ | |
| 2281 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2', | |
| 2282 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3', | |
| 2283 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4', | |
| 2284 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5', | |
| 2285 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6', | |
| 2286 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7', | |
| 2287 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8', | |
| 2288 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9', | |
| 2289 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */ | |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1', | |
| 2292 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2', | |
| 2293 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3', | |
| 2294 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4', | |
| 2295 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5', | |
| 2296 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6', | |
| 2297 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7', | |
| 2298 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8', | |
| 2299 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9', | |
| 2300 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A', | |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B', | |
| 2303 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C', | |
| 2304 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D', | |
| 2305 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E', | |
| 2306 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F', | |
| 2307 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G', | |
| 2308 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H', | |
| 2309 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I', | |
| 2310 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J', | |
| 2311 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K', | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L', | |
| 2314 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M', | |
| 2315 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N', | |
| 2316 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O', | |
| 2317 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P', | |
| 2318 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q', | |
| 2319 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R', | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 /* TAB pseudo code*/ | |
| 2322 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB, | |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 NUL | |
| 2325 }; | |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 static struct key_name_entry | |
| 2328 { | |
| 2329 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */ | |
| 2330 char_u *name; /* Name of key */ | |
| 2331 } key_names_table[] = | |
| 2332 { | |
| 2333 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"}, | |
| 2334 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2335 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2336 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"}, | |
| 2337 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2338 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2339 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2340 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"}, | |
| 2341 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2342 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2343 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"}, | |
| 2344 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2345 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"}, | |
| 2346 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"}, | |
| 2347 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"}, | |
| 2348 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"}, | |
| 2349 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"}, | |
| 2350 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"}, | |
| 2351 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2352 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"}, | |
| 2353 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"}, | |
| 2354 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"}, | |
| 2355 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"}, | |
| 2356 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"}, | |
| 180 | 2357 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"}, |
| 2358 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"}, | |
| 2359 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"}, | |
| 2360 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"}, | |
| 7 | 2361 |
| 2362 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"}, | |
| 2363 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"}, | |
| 2364 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"}, | |
| 2365 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"}, | |
| 2366 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"}, | |
| 2367 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"}, | |
| 2368 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"}, | |
| 2369 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"}, | |
| 2370 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"}, | |
| 2371 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"}, | |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"}, | |
| 2374 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"}, | |
| 2375 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"}, | |
| 2376 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"}, | |
| 2377 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"}, | |
| 2378 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"}, | |
| 2379 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"}, | |
| 2380 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"}, | |
| 2381 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"}, | |
| 2382 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"}, | |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"}, | |
| 2385 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"}, | |
| 2386 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"}, | |
| 2387 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"}, | |
| 2388 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"}, | |
| 2389 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"}, | |
| 2390 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"}, | |
| 2391 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"}, | |
| 2392 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"}, | |
| 2393 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"}, | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"}, | |
| 2396 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"}, | |
| 2397 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"}, | |
| 2398 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"}, | |
| 2399 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"}, | |
| 2400 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"}, | |
| 2401 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"}, | |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"}, | |
| 2404 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"}, | |
| 2405 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"}, | |
| 2406 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"}, | |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"}, | |
| 2409 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"}, | |
| 2410 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"}, | |
| 2411 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2412 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"}, | |
| 2413 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"}, | |
| 2414 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"}, | |
| 2415 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"}, | |
| 230 | 2416 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"}, |
| 7 | 2417 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"}, |
| 2418 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"}, | |
| 2419 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"}, | |
| 230 | 2420 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"}, |
| 7 | 2421 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"}, |
| 2422 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"}, | |
| 2423 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"}, | |
| 2424 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"}, | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"}, | |
| 2427 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"}, | |
| 2428 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"}, | |
| 2429 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"}, | |
| 2430 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"}, | |
| 2431 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"}, | |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"}, | |
| 2434 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"}, | |
| 2435 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"}, | |
| 2436 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"}, | |
| 2437 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"}, | |
| 2438 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"}, | |
| 2439 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"}, | |
| 2440 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"}, | |
| 2441 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"}, | |
| 2442 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"}, | |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"}, | |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"}, | |
| 3273 | 2447 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET |
| 7 | 2448 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2449 #endif |
| 2450 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC | |
| 7 | 2451 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2452 #endif |
| 2453 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB | |
| 7 | 2454 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2455 #endif |
| 2456 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM | |
| 7 | 2457 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"}, |
| 3273 | 2458 #endif |
| 2459 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT | |
| 2460 {K_URXVT_MOUSE, (char_u *)"UrxvtMouse"}, | |
| 2461 #endif | |
| 3746 | 2462 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_SGR |
| 2463 {K_SGR_MOUSE, (char_u *)"SgrMouse"}, | |
| 2464 #endif | |
| 7 | 2465 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"}, |
| 2466 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"}, | |
| 2467 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"}, | |
| 2468 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"}, | |
| 2469 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"}, | |
| 2470 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"}, | |
| 2471 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"}, | |
| 2472 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"}, | |
| 2473 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"}, | |
| 2474 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"}, | |
| 2475 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"}, | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2476 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelUp"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2477 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelDown"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2478 {K_MOUSELEFT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelRight"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2479 {K_MOUSERIGHT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelLeft"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2480 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"}, /* OBSOLETE: Use */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2481 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"}, /* ScrollWheelXXX instead */ |
| 7 | 2482 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"}, |
| 2483 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"}, | |
| 2484 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"}, | |
| 2485 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"}, | |
| 2486 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"}, | |
| 2487 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"}, | |
| 2488 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"}, | |
| 2489 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"}, | |
| 2490 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 2491 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"}, | |
| 2492 #endif | |
| 2493 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"}, | |
| 6245 | 2494 {K_CURSORHOLD, (char_u *)"CursorHold"}, |
| 7 | 2495 {0, NULL} |
| 2496 }; | |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry)) | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 2501 static struct mousetable | |
| 2502 { | |
| 2503 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */ | |
| 2504 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */ | |
| 2505 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */ | |
| 2506 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */ | |
| 2507 } mouse_table[] = | |
| 2508 { | |
| 2509 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2510 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2511 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2512 #endif | |
| 2513 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2514 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2515 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2516 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2517 #endif | |
| 2518 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2519 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2520 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2521 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2522 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2523 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2524 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2525 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2526 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2527 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2528 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2529 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2530 /* DRAG without CLICK */ | |
| 2531 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2532 /* RELEASE without CLICK */ | |
| 2533 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2534 {0, 0, 0, 0}, | |
| 2535 }; | |
| 2536 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 /* | |
| 2539 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given | |
| 2540 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc). | |
| 2541 */ | |
| 2542 int | |
| 2543 name_to_mod_mask(c) | |
| 2544 int c; | |
| 2545 { | |
| 2546 int i; | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c); | |
| 2549 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++) | |
| 2550 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name) | |
| 2551 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag; | |
| 2552 return 0; | |
| 2553 } | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 /* | |
| 2556 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the | |
| 2557 * modifiers specified. | |
| 2558 */ | |
| 2559 int | |
| 2560 simplify_key(key, modifiers) | |
| 2561 int key; | |
| 2562 int *modifiers; | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 int i; | |
| 2565 int key0; | |
| 2566 int key1; | |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 2569 { | |
| 2570 /* TAB is a special case */ | |
| 2571 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 2572 { | |
| 2573 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2574 return K_S_TAB; | |
| 2575 } | |
| 2576 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2577 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2578 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2579 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3] | |
| 2580 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4] | |
| 2581 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i])) | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2584 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1], | |
| 2585 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]); | |
| 2586 } | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 return key; | |
| 2589 } | |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 /* | |
| 180 | 2592 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc. |
| 2593 */ | |
| 2594 int | |
| 2595 handle_x_keys(key) | |
| 2596 int key; | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 switch (key) | |
| 2599 { | |
| 2600 case K_XUP: return K_UP; | |
| 2601 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN; | |
| 2602 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT; | |
| 2603 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT; | |
| 2604 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME; | |
| 230 | 2605 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME; |
| 180 | 2606 case K_XEND: return K_END; |
| 230 | 2607 case K_ZEND: return K_END; |
| 180 | 2608 case K_XF1: return K_F1; |
| 2609 case K_XF2: return K_F2; | |
| 2610 case K_XF3: return K_F3; | |
| 2611 case K_XF4: return K_F4; | |
| 2612 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1; | |
| 2613 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2; | |
| 2614 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3; | |
| 2615 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4; | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 return key; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 /* | |
| 7 | 2621 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given |
| 2622 * modifiers are down. | |
| 2623 */ | |
| 2624 char_u * | |
| 2625 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers) | |
| 2626 int c; | |
| 2627 int modifiers; | |
| 2628 { | |
| 2629 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1]; | |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 int i, idx; | |
| 2632 int table_idx; | |
| 2633 char_u *s; | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 string[0] = '<'; | |
| 2636 idx = 1; | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */ | |
| 2639 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY) | |
| 2640 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 /* | |
| 2643 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier. | |
| 2644 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers. | |
| 2645 */ | |
| 2646 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2649 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1] | |
| 2650 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2]) | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2653 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3], | |
| 2654 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]); | |
| 2655 break; | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 } | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 /* try to find the key in the special key table */ | |
| 2660 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 /* | |
| 2663 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to | |
| 2664 * extract modifiers. | |
| 2665 */ | |
| 2666 if (c > 0 | |
| 2667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2668 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1 | |
| 2669 #endif | |
| 2670 ) | |
| 2671 { | |
| 2672 if (table_idx < 0 | |
| 2673 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ') | |
| 2674 && (c & 0x80)) | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 c &= 0x7f; | |
| 2677 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 2678 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */ | |
| 2679 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ') | |
| 2682 { | |
| 2683 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2684 c = CtrlChar(c); | |
| 2685 #else | |
| 2686 c += '@'; | |
| 2687 #endif | |
| 2688 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2689 } | |
| 2690 } | |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 /* translate the modifier into a string */ | |
| 2693 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++) | |
| 2694 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask) | |
| 2695 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag) | |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name; | |
| 2698 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-'; | |
| 2699 } | |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */ | |
| 2702 { | |
| 2703 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2704 { | |
| 2705 string[idx++] = 't'; | |
| 2706 string[idx++] = '_'; | |
| 2707 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c); | |
| 2708 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */ | |
| 2711 else | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2714 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 2715 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx); | |
| 2716 else | |
| 2717 #endif | |
| 2718 if (vim_isprintc(c)) | |
| 2719 string[idx++] = c; | |
| 2720 else | |
| 2721 { | |
| 2722 s = transchar(c); | |
| 2723 while (*s) | |
| 2724 string[idx++] = *s++; | |
| 2725 } | |
| 2726 } | |
| 2727 } | |
| 2728 else /* use name of special key */ | |
| 2729 { | |
| 2730 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name); | |
| 2731 idx = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 2732 } | |
| 2733 string[idx++] = '>'; | |
| 2734 string[idx] = NUL; | |
| 2735 return string; | |
| 2736 } | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 /* | |
| 2739 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[]. | |
| 2740 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match. | |
| 2741 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2742 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)! | |
| 2743 */ | |
| 2744 int | |
| 2745 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode) | |
| 2746 char_u **srcp; | |
| 2747 char_u *dst; | |
| 2748 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ | |
| 2749 { | |
| 2750 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 2751 int key; | |
| 2752 int dlen = 0; | |
| 2753 | |
| 1775 | 2754 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2755 if (key == 0) |
| 2756 return 0; | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */ | |
| 2759 if (modifiers != 0) | |
| 2760 { | |
| 2761 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2762 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2763 dst[dlen++] = modifiers; | |
| 2764 } | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2767 { | |
| 2768 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2769 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2770 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2771 } | |
| 2772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2773 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode) | |
| 2774 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen); | |
| 2775 #endif | |
| 2776 else if (keycode) | |
| 2777 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst); | |
| 2778 else | |
| 2779 dst[dlen++] = key; | |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 return dlen; | |
| 2782 } | |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 /* | |
| 2785 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers. | |
| 2786 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2787 * returns 0 if there is no match. | |
| 2788 */ | |
| 2789 int | |
| 1775 | 2790 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode, keep_x_key) |
| 7 | 2791 char_u **srcp; |
| 2792 int *modp; | |
| 1775 | 2793 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ |
| 2794 int keep_x_key; /* don't translate xHome to Home key */ | |
| 7 | 2795 { |
| 2796 char_u *last_dash; | |
| 2797 char_u *end_of_name; | |
| 2798 char_u *src; | |
| 2799 char_u *bp; | |
| 2800 int modifiers; | |
| 2801 int bit; | |
| 2802 int key; | |
| 835 | 2803 unsigned long n; |
| 3024 | 2804 int l; |
| 7 | 2805 |
| 2806 src = *srcp; | |
| 2807 if (src[0] != '<') | |
| 2808 return 0; | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 /* Find end of modifier list */ | |
| 2811 last_dash = src; | |
| 2812 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++) | |
| 2813 { | |
| 2814 if (*bp == '-') | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 last_dash = bp; | |
| 3024 | 2817 if (bp[1] != NUL) |
| 2818 { | |
| 2819 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2820 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2821 l = mb_ptr2len(bp + 1); | |
| 2822 else | |
| 2823 #endif | |
| 2824 l = 1; | |
| 2825 if (bp[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2826 bp += l; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */ | |
| 2827 } | |
| 7 | 2828 } |
| 2829 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3]) | |
| 2830 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */ | |
| 3026 | 2831 else if (STRNICMP(bp, "char-", 5) == 0) |
| 2832 { | |
|
7447
ad432f8f68fb
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/887c1fea4a114e7170091942d0446c8882701b5b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7408
diff
changeset
|
2833 vim_str2nr(bp + 5, NULL, &l, STR2NR_ALL, NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 3026 | 2834 bp += l + 5; |
| 2835 break; | |
| 2836 } | |
| 7 | 2837 } |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */ | |
| 2840 { | |
| 2841 end_of_name = bp + 1; | |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 /* Which modifiers are given? */ | |
| 2844 modifiers = 0x0; | |
| 2845 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++) | |
| 2846 { | |
| 2847 if (*bp != '-') | |
| 2848 { | |
| 2849 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp); | |
| 2850 if (bit == 0x0) | |
| 2851 break; /* Illegal modifier name */ | |
| 2852 modifiers |= bit; | |
| 2853 } | |
| 2854 } | |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 /* | |
| 2857 * Legal modifier name. | |
| 2858 */ | |
| 2859 if (bp >= last_dash) | |
| 2860 { | |
| 3024 | 2861 if (STRNICMP(last_dash + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 |
| 2862 && VIM_ISDIGIT(last_dash[6])) | |
| 2863 { | |
| 2864 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */ | |
|
7447
ad432f8f68fb
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/887c1fea4a114e7170091942d0446c8882701b5b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7408
diff
changeset
|
2865 vim_str2nr(last_dash + 6, NULL, NULL, STR2NR_ALL, NULL, &n, 0); |
| 3026 | 2866 key = (int)n; |
| 3024 | 2867 } |
| 7 | 2868 else |
| 180 | 2869 { |
| 3026 | 2870 /* |
| 2871 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name. | |
| 2872 */ | |
| 2873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2874 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2875 l = mb_ptr2len(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2876 else | |
| 2877 #endif | |
| 2878 l = 1; | |
| 2879 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[l + 1] == '>') | |
| 2880 key = PTR2CHAR(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2881 else | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1); | |
| 2884 if (!keep_x_key) | |
| 2885 key = handle_x_keys(key); | |
| 2886 } | |
| 180 | 2887 } |
| 7 | 2888 |
| 2889 /* | |
| 2890 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid | |
| 2891 * special key name. | |
| 2892 */ | |
| 2893 if (key != NUL) | |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 /* | |
| 2896 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that | |
| 2897 * includes the modifier. | |
| 2898 */ | |
| 2899 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 if (!keycode) | |
| 2902 { | |
| 2903 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */ | |
| 2904 if (key == K_BS) | |
| 2905 key = BS; | |
| 2906 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL) | |
| 2907 key = DEL; | |
| 2908 } | |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 /* | |
| 2911 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code. | |
| 2912 */ | |
| 2913 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2914 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2917 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
| 2918 return key; | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 } | |
| 2921 } | |
| 2922 return 0; | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 /* | |
| 2926 * Try to include modifiers in the key. | |
| 2927 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc. | |
| 2928 */ | |
| 2929 int | |
| 2930 extract_modifiers(key, modp) | |
| 2931 int key; | |
| 2932 int *modp; | |
| 2933 { | |
| 2934 int modifiers = *modp; | |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2937 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2938 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2939 #endif | |
| 2940 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key); | |
| 2943 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2944 } | |
| 2945 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2946 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2947 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use: | |
| 2948 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?') | |
| 2949 * ??? */ | |
| 2950 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key) | |
| 2951 != NULL | |
| 2952 #else | |
| 2953 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2954 #endif | |
| 2955 ) | |
| 2956 { | |
| 2957 key = Ctrl_chr(key); | |
| 2958 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2959 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */ | |
| 2960 if (key == 0) | |
| 2961 key = K_ZERO; | |
| 2962 } | |
| 2963 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 4352 | 2964 /* Command-key really special, no fancynest */ |
| 7 | 2965 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) |
| 2966 #endif | |
| 2967 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80 | |
| 2968 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2969 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */ | |
| 2970 #endif | |
| 2971 ) | |
| 2972 { | |
| 2973 key |= 0x80; | |
| 2974 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */ | |
| 2975 } | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2978 return key; | |
| 2979 } | |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 /* | |
| 2982 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table. | |
| 2983 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found. | |
| 2984 */ | |
| 2985 int | |
| 2986 find_special_key_in_table(c) | |
| 2987 int c; | |
| 2988 { | |
| 2989 int i; | |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2992 if (c == key_names_table[i].key) | |
| 2993 break; | |
| 2994 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL) | |
| 2995 i = -1; | |
| 2996 return i; | |
| 2997 } | |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 /* | |
| 3000 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to | |
| 3001 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar). | |
| 3002 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a | |
| 3003 * termcap name. | |
| 3004 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found. | |
| 3005 */ | |
| 3006 int | |
| 3007 get_special_key_code(name) | |
| 3008 char_u *name; | |
| 3009 { | |
| 3010 char_u *table_name; | |
| 3011 char_u string[3]; | |
| 3012 int i, j; | |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 /* | |
| 3015 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap | |
| 3016 */ | |
| 3017 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL) | |
| 3018 { | |
| 3019 string[0] = name[2]; | |
| 3020 string[1] = name[3]; | |
| 3021 string[2] = NUL; | |
| 3022 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 3023 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]); | |
| 3024 } | |
| 3025 else | |
| 3026 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 3027 { | |
| 3028 table_name = key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3029 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++) | |
| 3030 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j])) | |
| 3031 break; | |
| 3032 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL) | |
| 3033 return key_names_table[i].key; | |
| 3034 } | |
| 3035 return 0; | |
| 3036 } | |
| 3037 | |
| 1661 | 3038 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3039 char_u * |
| 3040 get_key_name(i) | |
| 3041 int i; | |
| 3042 { | |
| 1881 | 3043 if (i >= (int)KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN) |
| 7 | 3044 return NULL; |
| 3045 return key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 3046 } | |
| 3047 #endif | |
| 3048 | |
| 1661 | 3049 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3050 /* |
| 3051 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other | |
| 3052 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released. | |
| 3053 */ | |
| 3054 int | |
| 3055 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3056 int code; | |
| 3057 int *is_click; | |
| 3058 int *is_drag; | |
| 3059 { | |
| 3060 int i; | |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3063 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code) | |
| 3064 { | |
| 3065 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click; | |
| 3066 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag; | |
| 3067 return mouse_table[i].button; | |
| 3068 } | |
| 3069 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */ | |
| 3070 } | |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 /* | |
| 3073 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on | |
| 3074 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the | |
| 3075 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released. | |
| 3076 */ | |
| 3077 int | |
| 3078 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 3079 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */ | |
| 3080 int is_click; | |
| 3081 int is_drag; | |
| 3082 { | |
| 3083 int i; | |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 3086 if (button == mouse_table[i].button | |
| 3087 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click | |
| 3088 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag) | |
| 3089 { | |
| 3090 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 263 | 3091 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1 |
| 3092 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in | |
| 3093 * gui_mouse_moved() */ | |
| 3094 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF) | |
| 7 | 3095 { |
| 263 | 3096 if (mouse_col < 0) |
| 3097 mouse_col = 0; | |
| 3098 else | |
| 3099 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF; | |
| 7 | 3100 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 3101 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM; | |
| 3102 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE) | |
| 3103 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM; | |
| 3104 } | |
| 3105 #endif | |
| 3106 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; | |
| 3107 } | |
| 1209 | 3108 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */ |
| 7 | 3109 } |
| 3110 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 /* | |
| 3113 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3114 */ | |
| 3115 int | |
| 3116 get_fileformat(buf) | |
| 3117 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3118 { | |
| 3119 int c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u') | |
| 3122 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3123 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3124 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3125 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3126 } | |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 /* | |
| 3129 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val" | |
| 3130 * argument. | |
| 3131 */ | |
| 3132 int | |
| 3133 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap) | |
| 3134 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3135 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 int c; | |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0) | |
| 3140 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff]; | |
| 3141 else | |
| 3142 { | |
| 3143 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0) | |
| 3144 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin) | |
| 3145 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3146 c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3147 } | |
| 3148 if (c == 'u') | |
| 3149 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3150 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3151 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3152 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3153 } | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 /* | |
| 3156 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3157 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'. | |
| 3158 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'! | |
| 3159 */ | |
| 3160 void | |
| 3161 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags) | |
| 3162 int t; | |
| 3163 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */ | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 char *p = NULL; | |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 switch (t) | |
| 3168 { | |
| 3169 case EOL_DOS: | |
| 3170 p = FF_DOS; | |
| 3171 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE; | |
| 3172 break; | |
| 3173 case EOL_UNIX: | |
| 3174 p = FF_UNIX; | |
| 3175 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3176 break; | |
| 3177 case EOL_MAC: | |
| 3178 p = FF_MAC; | |
| 3179 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3180 break; | |
| 3181 } | |
| 3182 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3183 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p, | |
| 694 | 3184 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0); |
| 3185 | |
| 7 | 3186 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 671 | 3187 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */ |
| 7 | 3188 check_status(curbuf); |
| 673 | 3189 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3190 #endif |
| 3191 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3192 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3193 #endif | |
| 3194 } | |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 /* | |
| 3197 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'. | |
| 3198 */ | |
| 3199 int | |
| 3200 default_fileformat() | |
| 3201 { | |
| 3202 switch (*p_ffs) | |
| 3203 { | |
| 3204 case 'm': return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3205 case 'd': return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3206 } | |
| 3207 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 /* | |
| 3211 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added. | |
| 3212 */ | |
| 3213 int | |
| 3214 call_shell(cmd, opt) | |
| 3215 char_u *cmd; | |
| 3216 int opt; | |
| 3217 { | |
| 3218 char_u *ncmd; | |
| 3219 int retval; | |
| 170 | 3220 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 3221 proftime_T wait_time; | |
| 3222 #endif | |
| 7 | 3223 |
| 3224 if (p_verbose > 3) | |
| 3225 { | |
| 293 | 3226 verbose_enter(); |
| 273 | 3227 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""), |
| 7 | 3228 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd); |
| 3229 out_char('\n'); | |
| 3230 cursor_on(); | |
| 293 | 3231 verbose_leave(); |
| 7 | 3232 } |
| 3233 | |
| 170 | 3234 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3235 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3236 prof_child_enter(&wait_time); |
| 3237 #endif | |
| 3238 | |
| 7 | 3239 if (*p_sh == NUL) |
| 3240 { | |
| 3241 EMSG(_(e_shellempty)); | |
| 3242 retval = -1; | |
| 3243 } | |
| 3244 else | |
| 3245 { | |
| 3246 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
| 3247 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */ | |
| 3248 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
| 3249 #endif | |
| 3250 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3251 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 3252 #endif | |
| 3253 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */ | |
| 3254 tag_freematch(); | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL) | |
| 3257 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt); | |
| 3258 else | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3359 | 3260 char_u *ecmd = cmd; |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 if (*p_sxe != NUL && STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0) | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 ecmd = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(cmd, p_sxe, '^', FALSE); | |
| 3265 if (ecmd == NULL) | |
| 3266 ecmd = cmd; | |
| 3267 } | |
| 3268 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(ecmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1)); | |
| 7 | 3269 if (ncmd != NULL) |
| 3270 { | |
| 3271 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
| 3359 | 3272 STRCAT(ncmd, ecmd); |
| 3357 | 3273 /* When 'shellxquote' is ( append ). |
| 3274 * When 'shellxquote' is "( append )". */ | |
| 3275 STRCAT(ncmd, STRCMP(p_sxq, "(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")" | |
| 3276 : STRCMP(p_sxq, "\"(") == 0 ? (char_u *)")\"" | |
| 3277 : p_sxq); | |
| 7 | 3278 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt); |
| 3279 vim_free(ncmd); | |
| 3280 } | |
| 3281 else | |
| 3282 retval = -1; | |
| 3359 | 3283 if (ecmd != cmd) |
| 3284 vim_free(ecmd); | |
| 7 | 3285 } |
| 3286 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3287 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 3288 #endif | |
| 3289 /* | |
| 3290 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the | |
| 3291 * external command. | |
| 3292 */ | |
| 3293 shell_resized_check(); | |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3297 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval); | |
| 170 | 3298 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3299 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3300 prof_child_exit(&wait_time); |
| 3301 # endif | |
| 7 | 3302 #endif |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 return retval; | |
| 3305 } | |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 /* | |
| 789 | 3308 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to |
| 3309 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State. | |
| 7 | 3310 */ |
| 3311 int | |
| 3312 get_real_state() | |
| 3313 { | |
| 3314 if (State & NORMAL) | |
| 3315 { | |
| 3316 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 789 | 3317 { |
| 3318 if (VIsual_select) | |
| 3319 return SELECTMODE; | |
| 7 | 3320 return VISUAL; |
| 789 | 3321 } |
| 5735 | 3322 else if (finish_op) |
| 3323 return OP_PENDING; | |
| 7 | 3324 } |
| 3325 return State; | |
| 3326 } | |
| 3327 | |
| 39 | 3328 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3329 /* | |
| 3330 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator. | |
| 2939 | 3331 * Takes care of multi-byte characters. |
| 39 | 3332 * "b" must point to the start of the file name |
| 3333 */ | |
| 3334 int | |
| 3335 after_pathsep(b, p) | |
| 3336 char_u *b; | |
| 3337 char_u *p; | |
| 3338 { | |
| 2939 | 3339 return p > b && vim_ispathsep(p[-1]) |
| 39 | 3340 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0); |
| 3341 } | |
| 3342 #endif | |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 /* | |
| 3345 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory. | |
| 3346 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path. | |
| 3347 */ | |
| 3348 int | |
| 3349 same_directory(f1, f2) | |
| 3350 char_u *f1; | |
| 3351 char_u *f2; | |
| 3352 { | |
| 3353 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3354 char_u *t1; | |
| 3355 char_u *t2; | |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 /* safety check */ | |
| 3358 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL) | |
| 3359 return FALSE; | |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 3362 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname); | |
| 3363 t2 = gettail_sep(f2); | |
| 3364 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2 | |
| 3365 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0); | |
| 3366 } | |
| 3367 | |
| 7 | 3368 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ |
| 574 | 3369 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ |
| 11 | 3370 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \ |
| 7 | 3371 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \ |
| 3372 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3373 /* | |
| 3374 * Change to a file's directory. | |
| 3375 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()! | |
| 3376 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 3377 */ | |
| 3378 int | |
| 3379 vim_chdirfile(fname) | |
| 3380 char_u *fname; | |
| 3381 { | |
| 39 | 3382 char_u dir[MAXPATHL]; |
| 3383 | |
| 418 | 3384 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 39 | 3385 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL; |
| 3386 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7 | 3387 } |
| 3388 #endif | |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3391 /* | |
| 3392 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory. | |
| 3393 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name. | |
| 3394 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory. | |
| 3395 */ | |
| 3396 int | |
| 3397 illegal_slash(name) | |
| 3398 char *name; | |
| 3399 { | |
| 3400 if (name[0] == NUL) | |
| 3401 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */ | |
| 3402 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/') | |
| 3403 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */ | |
| 3404 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name)) | |
| 3405 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */ | |
| 3406 return TRUE; | |
| 3407 } | |
| 3408 #endif | |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 /* | |
| 3413 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes. | |
| 3414 */ | |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] = | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape' | |
| 3419 * defaults when Vim starts. | |
| 3420 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */ | |
| 3421 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3422 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3423 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3424 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3425 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3426 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3427 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3428 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3429 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3430 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3431 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3432 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3433 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3434 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3435 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3436 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3437 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR}, | |
| 3438 }; | |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3441 /* | |
| 3442 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for | |
| 3443 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!. | |
| 3444 */ | |
| 3445 static char * mshape_names[] = | |
| 3446 { | |
| 3447 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */ | |
| 3448 "blank", /* hidden */ | |
| 3449 "beam", | |
| 3450 "updown", | |
| 3451 "udsizing", | |
| 3452 "leftright", | |
| 3453 "lrsizing", | |
| 3454 "busy", | |
| 3455 "no", | |
| 3456 "crosshair", | |
| 3457 "hand1", | |
| 3458 "hand2", | |
| 3459 "pencil", | |
| 3460 "question", | |
| 3461 "rightup-arrow", | |
| 3462 "up-arrow", | |
| 3463 NULL | |
| 3464 }; | |
| 3465 #endif | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 /* | |
| 3468 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape' | |
| 3469 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE). | |
| 3470 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise. | |
| 3471 */ | |
| 3472 char_u * | |
| 3473 parse_shape_opt(what) | |
| 3474 int what; | |
| 3475 { | |
| 3476 char_u *modep; | |
| 3477 char_u *colonp; | |
| 3478 char_u *commap; | |
| 3479 char_u *slashp; | |
| 3480 char_u *p, *endp; | |
| 3481 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 3482 int all_idx; | |
| 3483 int len; | |
| 3484 int i; | |
| 3485 long n; | |
| 3486 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */ | |
| 3487 int round; | |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 /* | |
| 3490 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real. | |
| 3491 */ | |
| 3492 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 3493 { | |
| 3494 /* | |
| 3495 * Repeat for all comma separated parts. | |
| 3496 */ | |
| 3497 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3498 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3499 modep = p_mouseshape; | |
| 3500 else | |
| 3501 #endif | |
| 3502 modep = p_guicursor; | |
| 3503 while (*modep != NUL) | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':'); | |
| 3506 if (colonp == NULL) | |
| 3507 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon"); | |
| 3508 if (colonp == modep) | |
| 3509 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3510 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ','); | |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 /* | |
| 3513 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon. | |
| 3514 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes. | |
| 3515 */ | |
| 3516 all_idx = -1; | |
| 3517 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3518 { | |
| 3519 if (all_idx < 0) | |
| 3520 { | |
| 3521 /* Find the mode. */ | |
| 3522 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':') | |
| 3523 len = 1; | |
| 3524 else | |
| 3525 len = 2; | |
| 3526 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a') | |
| 3527 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1; | |
| 3528 else | |
| 3529 { | |
| 3530 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx) | |
| 3531 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len) | |
| 3532 == 0) | |
| 3533 break; | |
| 3534 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT | |
| 3535 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0) | |
| 3536 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3537 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e') | |
| 3538 found_ve = TRUE; | |
| 3539 } | |
| 3540 modep += len + 1; | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 if (all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3544 idx = all_idx--; | |
| 3545 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3546 { | |
| 3547 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3548 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3551 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0; | |
| 3552 } | |
| 3553 else | |
| 3554 #endif | |
| 3555 { | |
| 3556 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3557 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3558 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L; | |
| 3559 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L; | |
| 3560 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L; | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 /* Parse the part after the colon */ | |
| 3565 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; ) | |
| 3566 { | |
| 3567 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3568 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 3571 { | |
| 3572 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL) | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3575 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape"); | |
| 3576 if (round == 2) | |
| 3577 shape_table[idx].mshape = | |
| 3578 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
| 3579 else | |
| 3580 (void)getdigits(&p); | |
| 3581 break; | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]); | |
| 3584 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0) | |
| 3585 { | |
| 3586 if (round == 2) | |
| 3587 shape_table[idx].mshape = i; | |
| 3588 p += len; | |
| 3589 break; | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 } | |
| 3592 } | |
| 3593 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3594 #endif | |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 /* | |
| 3597 * First handle the ones with a number argument. | |
| 3598 */ | |
| 3599 i = *p; | |
| 3600 len = 0; | |
| 3601 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0) | |
| 3602 len = 3; | |
| 3603 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0) | |
| 3604 len = 3; | |
| 3605 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0) | |
| 3606 len = 9; | |
| 3607 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0) | |
| 3608 len = 7; | |
| 3609 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0) | |
| 3610 len = 8; | |
| 3611 if (len != 0) | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 p += len; | |
| 3614 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3615 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected"); | |
| 3616 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 3617 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */ | |
| 3618 { | |
| 3619 if (n == 0) | |
| 3620 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage"); | |
| 3621 if (round == 2) | |
| 3622 { | |
| 3623 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v') | |
| 3624 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER; | |
| 3625 else | |
| 3626 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR; | |
| 3627 shape_table[idx].percentage = n; | |
| 3628 } | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3631 { | |
| 3632 if (len == 9) | |
| 3633 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n; | |
| 3634 else if (len == 7) | |
| 3635 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n; | |
| 3636 else | |
| 3637 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n; | |
| 3638 } | |
| 3639 } | |
| 3640 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0) | |
| 3641 { | |
| 3642 if (round == 2) | |
| 3643 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3644 p += 5; | |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 else /* must be a highlight group name then */ | |
| 3647 { | |
| 3648 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-'); | |
| 3649 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */ | |
| 3650 { | |
| 3651 if (endp == NULL) | |
| 3652 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */ | |
| 3653 } | |
| 3654 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL) | |
| 3655 endp = commap; | |
| 3656 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/'); | |
| 3657 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3658 { | |
| 3659 /* "group/langmap_group" */ | |
| 3660 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p)); | |
| 3661 p = slashp + 1; | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 if (round == 2) | |
| 3664 { | |
| 3665 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p, | |
| 3666 (int)(endp - p)); | |
| 3667 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id; | |
| 3668 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3669 shape_table[idx].id = i; | |
| 3670 } | |
| 3671 p = endp; | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 if (*p == '-') | |
| 3676 ++p; | |
| 3677 } | |
| 3678 } | |
| 3679 modep = p; | |
| 3680 if (*modep == ',') | |
| 3681 ++modep; | |
| 3682 } | |
| 3683 } | |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */ | |
| 3686 if (!found_ve) | |
| 3687 { | |
| 3688 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3689 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3690 { | |
| 3691 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape; | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 else | |
| 3694 #endif | |
| 3695 { | |
| 3696 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape; | |
| 3697 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage = | |
| 3698 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage; | |
| 3699 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait = | |
| 3700 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait; | |
| 3701 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon = | |
| 3702 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon; | |
| 3703 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff = | |
| 3704 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff; | |
| 3705 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id; | |
| 3706 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm; | |
| 3707 } | |
| 3708 } | |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 return NULL; | |
| 3711 } | |
| 3712 | |
| 500 | 3713 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \ |
| 3714 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 3715 /* |
| 3716 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode. | |
| 3717 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer. | |
| 3718 */ | |
| 3719 int | |
| 3720 get_shape_idx(mouse) | |
| 3721 int mouse; | |
| 3722 { | |
| 3723 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3724 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE)) | |
| 3725 { | |
| 3726 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 87 | 3727 int x, y; |
| 3728 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
| 3729 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1) | |
| 7 | 3730 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL; |
| 3731 # endif | |
| 3732 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE; | |
| 3733 } | |
| 3734 if (mouse && drag_status_line) | |
| 3735 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG; | |
| 3736 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3737 if (mouse && drag_sep_line) | |
| 3738 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG; | |
| 3739 # endif | |
| 3740 #endif | |
| 3741 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH) | |
| 3742 return SHAPE_IDX_SM; | |
| 3743 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 3744 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3745 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3746 #endif | |
| 3747 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3748 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3749 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 3750 return SHAPE_IDX_I; | |
| 3751 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 3752 { | |
| 3753 if (cmdline_at_end()) | |
| 3754 return SHAPE_IDX_C; | |
| 3755 if (cmdline_overstrike()) | |
| 3756 return SHAPE_IDX_CR; | |
| 3757 return SHAPE_IDX_CI; | |
| 3758 } | |
| 3759 if (finish_op) | |
| 3760 return SHAPE_IDX_O; | |
| 3761 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 3762 { | |
| 3763 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3764 return SHAPE_IDX_VE; | |
| 3765 else | |
| 3766 return SHAPE_IDX_V; | |
| 3767 } | |
| 3768 return SHAPE_IDX_N; | |
| 3769 } | |
| 500 | 3770 #endif |
| 7 | 3771 |
| 3772 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3773 static int old_mouse_shape = 0; | |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 /* | |
| 3776 * Set the mouse shape: | |
| 3777 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode, | |
| 3778 * depending on the current state. | |
| 3779 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used | |
| 3780 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line). | |
| 3781 */ | |
| 3782 void | |
| 3783 update_mouseshape(shape_idx) | |
| 3784 int shape_idx; | |
| 3785 { | |
| 3786 int new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 /* Only works in GUI mode. */ | |
| 227 | 3789 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) |
| 7 | 3790 return; |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of | |
| 3793 * mappings. */ | |
| 3794 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail()) | |
| 3795 { | |
| 3796 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE; | |
| 3797 return; | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 | |
| 864 | 3800 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */ |
| 3801 if (*p_mouse == NUL | |
| 3802 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE | |
| 3803 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS | |
| 3804 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP)) | |
| 3805 shape_idx = -2; | |
| 3806 | |
| 7 | 3807 if (shape_idx == -2 |
| 3808 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape | |
| 3809 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape | |
| 3810 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape) | |
| 3811 return; | |
| 3812 if (shape_idx < 0) | |
| 3813 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape; | |
| 3814 else | |
| 3815 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape; | |
| 3816 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape) | |
| 3817 { | |
| 3818 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape); | |
| 3819 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3820 } | |
| 3821 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE; | |
| 3822 } | |
| 3823 # endif | |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */ | |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */ | |
| 3829 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/ | |
| 3830 /* | |
| 3831 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options. | |
| 3832 * External visible functions: | |
| 3833 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context | |
| 3834 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search | |
| 3835 * context | |
| 3836 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context | |
| 3837 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by | |
| 3838 * vim_findfile_init() | |
| 3839 * | |
| 3840 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_' | |
| 3841 * | |
| 3842 * In general it works like this: | |
| 3843 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init(). | |
| 3844 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to | |
| 3845 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile() | |
| 3846 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it | |
| 3847 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to | |
| 3848 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL. | |
| 3849 * | |
| 3850 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search | |
| 3851 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to | |
| 3852 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited | |
| 3853 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories | |
| 3854 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 3855 * | |
| 3856 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context. | |
| 3857 * | |
| 3858 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the | |
| 3859 * needed parameters. | |
| 3860 * | |
| 3861 * | |
| 3862 * | |
| 3863 * ATTENTION: | |
| 3864 * ========== | |
| 1072 | 3865 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT |
| 7 | 3866 * thread-safe!!!!! |
| 3867 * | |
| 3868 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the | |
| 3869 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is | |
| 3870 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local | |
| 3871 * functions. | |
| 3872 */ | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 /* | |
| 3875 * type for the directory search stack | |
| 3876 */ | |
| 3877 typedef struct ff_stack | |
| 3878 { | |
| 3879 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev; | |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards | |
| 3882 * of the search path | |
| 3883 */ | |
| 3884 char_u *ffs_fix_path; | |
| 3885 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3886 char_u *ffs_wc_path; | |
| 3887 #endif | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard | |
| 3890 * of wc_part | |
| 3891 */ | |
| 3892 char_u **ffs_filearray; | |
| 3893 int ffs_filearray_size; | |
| 3894 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */ | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 /* to store status of partly handled directories | |
| 1541 | 3897 * 0: we work on this directory for the first time |
| 7 | 3898 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step |
| 1541 | 3899 */ |
| 7 | 3900 int ffs_stage; |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 /* How deep are we in the directory tree? | |
| 3903 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init | |
| 3904 */ | |
| 3905 int ffs_level; | |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */ | |
| 3908 int ffs_star_star_empty; | |
| 3909 } ff_stack_T; | |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 /* | |
| 3912 * type for already visited directories or files. | |
| 3913 */ | |
| 3914 typedef struct ff_visited | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 struct ff_visited *ffv_next; | |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3919 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are | |
| 3920 * different. So we have to save it. | |
| 3921 */ | |
| 3922 char_u *ffv_wc_path; | |
| 3923 #endif | |
| 3924 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else | |
| 3925 * use filename. | |
| 3926 */ | |
| 3927 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 3928 int ffv_dev_valid; /* ffv_dev and ffv_ino were set */ |
| 3929 dev_t ffv_dev; /* device number */ | |
| 7 | 3930 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */ |
| 3931 #endif | |
| 3932 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of | |
| 3933 * ffv_fname. | |
| 3934 */ | |
| 3935 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */ | |
| 3936 } ff_visited_T; | |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 /* | |
| 3939 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search. | |
| 1209 | 3940 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to: |
| 7 | 3941 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *) |
| 3942 * So we have to do 3 searches: | |
| 3943 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags" | |
| 3944 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS" | |
| 3945 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags" | |
| 3946 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for | |
| 3947 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the | |
| 3948 * second search we must start from a empty visited list. | |
| 3949 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already | |
| 3950 * visited lists. | |
| 3951 */ | |
| 3952 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr | |
| 3953 { | |
| 3954 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next; | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */ | |
| 3957 char_u *ffvl_filename; | |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list; | |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T; | |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 /* | |
| 3965 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels. | |
| 1209 | 3966 * Set the default maximum depth. |
| 7 | 3967 */ |
| 3968 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30) | |
| 1541 | 3969 |
| 7 | 3970 /* |
| 3971 * The search context: | |
| 3972 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search | |
| 3973 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list | |
| 3974 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs | |
| 3975 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists | |
| 3976 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs | |
| 3977 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for | |
| 3978 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative | |
| 3979 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards) | |
| 3980 * Needed for upward search. | |
| 3981 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards | |
| 3982 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards | |
| 3983 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search | |
| 1541 | 3984 * ffsc_find_what: FINDFILE_BOTH, FINDFILE_DIR or FINDFILE_FILE |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
3985 * ffsc_tagfile: searching for tags file, don't use 'suffixesadd' |
| 7 | 3986 */ |
| 3987 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T | |
| 3988 { | |
| 3989 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr; | |
| 3990 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list; | |
| 3991 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list; | |
| 3992 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list; | |
| 3993 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list; | |
| 3994 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search; | |
| 3995 char_u *ffsc_start_dir; | |
| 3996 char_u *ffsc_fix_path; | |
| 3997 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 3998 char_u *ffsc_wc_path; | |
| 3999 int ffsc_level; | |
| 4000 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v; | |
| 4001 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4002 int ffsc_find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4003 int ffsc_tagfile; |
| 359 | 4004 } ff_search_ctx_T; |
| 4005 | |
| 7 | 4006 /* locally needed functions */ |
| 4007 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4008 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *)); | |
| 4009 #else | |
| 4010 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *)); | |
| 4011 #endif | |
| 4012 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4013 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl)); | |
| 4014 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4015 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4016 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2)); | |
| 4017 #endif | |
| 4018 | |
| 1541 | 4019 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx, ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); |
| 4020 static ff_stack_T *ff_pop __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4021 static void ff_clear __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4022 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); | |
| 7 | 4023 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 4024 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4025 #else | |
| 4026 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4027 #endif | |
| 4028 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4029 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **)); | |
| 4030 #endif | |
| 4031 | |
| 3202 | 4032 static char_u e_pathtoolong[] = N_("E854: path too long for completion"); |
| 4033 | |
| 7 | 4034 #if 0 |
| 4035 /* | |
| 4036 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions | |
| 4037 * NOT TESTED!! | |
| 4038 */ | |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 char_u * | |
| 4043 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level) | |
| 4044 char_u *path; | |
| 4045 char_u *filename; | |
| 4046 int level; | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 ff_fn_search_context = | |
| 4049 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE, | |
| 4050 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname); | |
| 4051 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context) | |
| 4052 return NULL; | |
| 4053 else | |
| 4054 return vim_findnext() | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 char_u * | |
| 4058 vim_findnext() | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 if (NULL == ret) | |
| 4063 { | |
| 4064 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4065 ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4066 } | |
| 4067 return ret; | |
| 4068 } | |
| 4069 #endif | |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 /* | |
|
2522
d7ecfc8b784c
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2521
diff
changeset
|
4072 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile(). |
| 7 | 4073 * |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4074 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occurred. |
| 7 | 4075 * |
| 4076 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done | |
| 4077 * with the search context. | |
| 4078 * | |
| 4079 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'. | |
| 4080 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level' | |
| 4081 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is | |
| 4082 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100 | |
| 4083 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels. | |
| 4084 * | |
| 1541 | 4085 * 'filename' cannot contain wildcards! It is used as-is, no backslashes to |
| 4086 * escape special characters. | |
| 4087 * | |
| 7 | 4088 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is |
| 4089 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the | |
| 4090 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the | |
| 4091 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$". | |
| 4092 * | |
| 4093 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's | |
| 4094 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir. | |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4095 * If the 'path' is absolute, the starting dir is that part of the path before |
| 7 | 4096 * the first wildcard. |
| 4097 * | |
| 4098 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir. | |
| 4099 * | |
| 4100 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is | |
| 4101 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another | |
| 4102 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is | |
| 4103 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places. | |
| 4104 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function | |
| 4105 * vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4106 * | |
| 1541 | 4107 * Set the parameter 'find_what' to FINDFILE_DIR if you want to search for |
| 4108 * directories only, FINDFILE_FILE for files only, FINDFILE_BOTH for both. | |
| 7 | 4109 * |
| 4110 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be | |
| 1541 | 4111 * passed in the parameter "search_ctx_arg". This context is reused and |
| 4112 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already visited | |
| 7 | 4113 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter |
| 1541 | 4114 * "free_visited" is true. Be aware that the passed "search_ctx_arg" is freed |
| 4115 * if the reinitialization fails. | |
| 7 | 4116 * |
| 1541 | 4117 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call "search_ctx_arg" |
| 4118 * must be NULL. | |
| 7 | 4119 * |
| 4120 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have | |
| 4121 * limited functionality then. | |
| 4122 */ | |
| 4123 void * | |
| 1541 | 4124 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, find_what, |
| 4125 search_ctx_arg, tagfile, rel_fname) | |
| 7 | 4126 char_u *path; |
| 4127 char_u *filename; | |
| 1881 | 4128 char_u *stopdirs UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4129 int level; |
| 4130 int free_visited; | |
| 1541 | 4131 int find_what; |
| 4132 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4133 int tagfile; /* expanding names of tags files */ |
| 7 | 4134 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */ |
| 4135 { | |
| 4136 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4137 char_u *wc_part; |
| 4138 #endif | |
| 4139 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4140 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 4141 |
| 4142 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a | |
| 4143 * new one. | |
| 4144 */ | |
| 1541 | 4145 if (search_ctx_arg != NULL) |
| 4146 search_ctx = search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4147 else |
| 4148 { | |
| 1541 | 4149 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 4150 if (search_ctx == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4151 goto error_return; |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2211
diff
changeset
|
4152 vim_memset(search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 7 | 4153 } |
| 1541 | 4154 search_ctx->ffsc_find_what = find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4155 search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile = tagfile; |
| 7 | 4156 |
| 4157 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */ | |
| 1541 | 4158 ff_clear(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4159 |
| 4160 /* clear visited list if wanted */ | |
| 4161 if (free_visited == TRUE) | |
| 1541 | 4162 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4163 else |
| 4164 { | |
| 4165 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given | |
| 4166 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new | |
| 1541 | 4167 * one. */ |
| 4168 search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, | |
| 4169 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4170 if (search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4171 goto error_return; |
| 1541 | 4172 search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, |
| 4173 &search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4174 if (search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4175 goto error_return; |
| 4176 } | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 4181 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4182 goto error_return; | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative. | |
| 20 | 4186 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */ |
| 7 | 4187 if (path[0] == '.' |
| 4188 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL) | |
| 4189 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL) | |
| 4190 && rel_fname != NULL) | |
| 4191 { | |
| 4192 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname); | |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL) | |
| 4195 { | |
| 4196 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */ | |
| 418 | 4197 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len); |
| 1541 | 4198 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4199 } |
| 4200 else | |
| 1541 | 4201 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len); |
| 4202 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4203 goto error_return; |
| 4204 if (*++path != NUL) | |
| 4205 ++path; | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path)) | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4210 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */ | |
| 4211 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4212 { | |
| 4213 char_u drive[3]; | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 drive[0] = path[0]; | |
| 4216 drive[1] = ':'; | |
| 4217 drive[2] = NUL; | |
| 4218 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 4219 goto error_return; | |
| 4220 path += 2; | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 else | |
| 4223 #endif | |
| 4224 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL) | |
| 4225 goto error_return; | |
| 4226 | |
| 1541 | 4227 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4228 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4229 goto error_return; |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4232 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the | |
| 4233 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */ | |
| 4234 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\') | |
| 4235 && path[1] != path[0] | |
| 1541 | 4236 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':') |
| 4237 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 4238 #endif |
| 4239 } | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4242 /* | |
| 4243 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers. | |
| 4244 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a | |
| 4245 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently. | |
| 4246 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty, | |
| 1541 | 4247 * search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This |
| 7 | 4248 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function |
| 4249 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details. | |
| 4250 */ | |
| 4251 if (stopdirs != NULL) | |
| 4252 { | |
| 4253 char_u *walker = stopdirs; | |
| 4254 int dircount; | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 while (*walker == ';') | |
| 4257 walker++; | |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 dircount = 1; | |
| 1541 | 4260 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = |
| 4261 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4264 { |
| 4265 do | |
| 4266 { | |
| 4267 char_u *helper; | |
| 4268 void *ptr; | |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 helper = walker; | |
| 1541 | 4271 ptr = vim_realloc(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v, |
| 7 | 4272 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *)); |
| 4273 if (ptr) | |
| 1541 | 4274 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr; |
| 7 | 4275 else |
| 4276 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */ | |
| 4277 break; | |
| 4278 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';'); | |
| 4279 if (walker) | |
| 4280 { | |
| 1541 | 4281 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4282 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper)); | |
| 7 | 4283 walker++; |
| 4284 } | |
| 4285 else | |
| 4286 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top | |
| 4287 * of directory tree. | |
| 4288 */ | |
| 1541 | 4289 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4290 vim_strsave(helper); | |
| 7 | 4291 |
| 4292 dircount++; | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 } while (walker != NULL); | |
| 1541 | 4295 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL; |
| 7 | 4296 } |
| 4297 } | |
| 4298 #endif | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4301 search_ctx->ffsc_level = level; |
| 7 | 4302 |
| 4303 /* split into: | |
| 4304 * -fix path | |
| 4305 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL) | |
| 4306 */ | |
| 4307 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*'); | |
| 4308 if (wc_part != NULL) | |
| 4309 { | |
| 4310 int llevel; | |
| 4311 int len; | |
| 29 | 4312 char *errpt; |
| 7 | 4313 |
| 4314 /* save the fix part of the path */ | |
| 1541 | 4315 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path, (int)(wc_part - path)); |
| 7 | 4316 |
| 4317 /* | |
| 4318 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard. | |
| 1209 | 4319 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter. |
| 7 | 4320 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3) |
| 4321 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76). | |
| 4322 * For EBCDIC you get different character values. | |
| 4323 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used. | |
| 1993 | 4324 * Due to this technique the path looks awful if you print it as a |
| 7 | 4325 * string. |
| 4326 */ | |
| 4327 len = 0; | |
| 4328 while (*wc_part != NUL) | |
| 4329 { | |
| 3202 | 4330 if (len + 5 >= MAXPATHL) |
| 4331 { | |
| 4332 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4333 break; | |
| 4334 } | |
| 7 | 4335 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 4336 { | |
| 4337 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4338 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4339 | |
| 29 | 4340 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10); |
| 4341 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255) | |
| 7 | 4342 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel; |
| 29 | 4343 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0) |
| 7 | 4344 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */ |
| 4345 len -= 2; | |
| 4346 else | |
| 4347 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND; | |
| 29 | 4348 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt; |
| 461 | 4349 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part)) |
| 7 | 4350 { |
| 4351 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR); | |
| 4352 goto error_return; | |
| 4353 } | |
| 4354 } | |
| 4355 else | |
| 4356 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4357 } | |
| 4358 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL; | |
| 1541 | 4359 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4362 goto error_return; |
| 4363 } | |
| 4364 else | |
| 4365 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4366 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path); |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4369 { |
| 4370 /* store the fix part as startdir. | |
| 4371 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified. | |
| 4372 */ | |
| 1541 | 4373 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
2445
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4374 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4375 goto error_return; |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4376 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL; |
| 7 | 4377 } |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 /* create an absolute path */ | |
| 3202 | 4380 if (STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) |
| 4381 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 3 >= MAXPATHL) | |
| 4382 { | |
| 4383 EMSG(_(e_pathtoolong)); | |
| 4384 goto error_return; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 1541 | 4386 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4387 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4388 { |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4389 int eb_len = (int)STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4390 char_u *buf = alloc(eb_len |
|
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4391 + (int)STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) + 1); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4392 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4393 STRCPY(buf, ff_expand_buffer); |
|
5110
dafd77a15d44
updated for version 7.3.1298
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5108
diff
changeset
|
4394 STRCPY(buf + eb_len, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4395 if (mch_isdir(buf)) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4396 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4397 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4398 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4399 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4400 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4401 else |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4402 { |
|
5116
6cabac58f26f
updated for version 7.3.1301
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5110
diff
changeset
|
4403 char_u *p = gettail(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 5571 | 4404 char_u *wc_path = NULL; |
| 4405 char_u *temp = NULL; | |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4406 int len = 0; |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4407 |
|
5116
6cabac58f26f
updated for version 7.3.1301
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5110
diff
changeset
|
4408 if (p > search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4409 { |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4410 len = (int)(p - search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path) - 1; |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4411 STRNCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path, len); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4412 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4413 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4414 else |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4415 len = (int)STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4416 |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4417 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path != NULL) |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4418 { |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4419 wc_path = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
5124
6f24376028af
updated for version 7.3.1305
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5116
diff
changeset
|
4420 temp = alloc((int)(STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path) |
|
5151
d0288faf3086
updated for version 7.4a.002
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5124
diff
changeset
|
4421 + STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path + len) |
|
d0288faf3086
updated for version 7.4a.002
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5124
diff
changeset
|
4422 + 1)); |
|
7148
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4423 if (temp == NULL || wc_path == NULL) |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4424 { |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4425 vim_free(buf); |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4426 vim_free(temp); |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4427 vim_free(wc_path); |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4428 goto error_return; |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4429 } |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4430 |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4431 STRCPY(temp, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path + len); |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4432 STRCAT(temp, search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4433 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4434 vim_free(wc_path); |
|
7148
339e657a6ed6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c79a5452acd695238798947e40086f9823c400e7
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7131
diff
changeset
|
4435 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = temp; |
|
5108
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4436 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4437 } |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4438 #endif |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4439 vim_free(buf); |
|
cb0a5c9c0f9b
updated for version 7.3.1297
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4440 } |
| 7 | 4441 |
| 4442 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer, | |
| 4443 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4444 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, |
| 7 | 4445 #endif |
| 4446 level, 0); | |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 if (sptr == NULL) | |
| 4449 goto error_return; | |
| 4450 | |
| 1541 | 4451 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 4454 if (search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4455 goto error_return; |
| 4456 | |
| 1541 | 4457 return search_ctx; |
| 7 | 4458 |
| 4459 error_return: | |
| 4460 /* | |
| 4461 * We clear the search context now! | |
| 4462 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here, | |
| 4463 * as we might have already destroyed it. | |
| 4464 */ | |
| 1541 | 4465 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4466 return NULL; |
| 4467 } | |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4470 /* | |
| 4471 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped. | |
| 4472 */ | |
| 4473 char_u * | |
| 4474 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf) | |
| 4475 char_u *buf; | |
| 4476 { | |
| 4477 char_u *r_ptr = buf; | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';') | |
| 4480 { | |
| 4481 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';') | |
| 4482 { | |
| 2984 | 4483 /* Overwrite the escape char, |
| 4484 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'. */ | |
| 1621 | 4485 STRMOVE(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1); |
| 7 | 4486 r_ptr++; |
| 4487 } | |
| 4488 r_ptr++; | |
| 4489 } | |
| 4490 if (*r_ptr == ';') | |
| 4491 { | |
| 4492 *r_ptr = 0; | |
| 4493 r_ptr++; | |
| 4494 } | |
| 4495 else if (*r_ptr == NUL) | |
| 4496 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 4497 return r_ptr; | |
| 4498 } | |
| 4499 #endif | |
| 4500 | |
| 1541 | 4501 /* |
| 4502 * Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer. | |
| 4503 */ | |
| 7 | 4504 void |
| 4505 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx) | |
| 4506 void *ctx; | |
| 4507 { | |
| 359 | 4508 if (ctx == NULL) |
| 7 | 4509 return; |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx); | |
| 1541 | 4512 ff_clear(ctx); |
| 7 | 4513 vim_free(ctx); |
| 4514 } | |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 /* | |
| 4517 * Find a file in a search context. | |
| 4518 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above. | |
| 4519 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found. | |
| 4520 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL. | |
| 4521 * | |
| 20 | 4522 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned. |
| 7 | 4523 * |
| 4524 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the | |
| 4525 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the | |
| 4526 * top of the list). | |
| 4527 */ | |
| 4528 char_u * | |
| 1541 | 4529 vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4530 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4531 { |
| 4532 char_u *file_path; | |
| 4533 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4534 char_u *rest_of_wildcards; | |
| 4535 char_u *path_end = NULL; | |
| 4536 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4537 ff_stack_T *stackp; |
| 7 | 4538 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) |
| 4539 int len; | |
| 4540 #endif | |
| 4541 int i; | |
| 4542 char_u *p; | |
| 4543 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4544 char_u *suf; | |
| 4545 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4546 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4549 return NULL; |
| 4550 | |
| 1541 | 4551 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 7 | 4552 |
| 4553 /* | |
| 4554 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to | |
| 4555 * return a found filename. | |
| 4556 */ | |
| 4557 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) | |
| 4558 return NULL; | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4561 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */ | |
| 1541 | 4562 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL) |
| 4563 path_end = &search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[ | |
| 4564 STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)]; | |
| 7 | 4565 #endif |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4568 /* upward search loop */ | |
| 4569 for (;;) | |
| 4570 { | |
| 4571 #endif | |
| 4572 /* downward search loop */ | |
| 4573 for (;;) | |
| 4574 { | |
| 4575 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/ | |
| 4576 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4577 if (got_int) | |
| 4578 break; | |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 /* get directory to work on from stack */ | |
| 1541 | 4581 stackp = ff_pop(search_ctx); |
| 4582 if (stackp == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4583 break; |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 /* | |
| 4586 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in | |
| 4587 * | |
| 4588 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice. | |
| 4589 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered. | |
| 4590 * - check for double files also done below | |
| 4591 * | |
| 4592 * Here we check if we already searched this directory. | |
| 4593 * We already searched a directory if: | |
| 4594 * 1) The directory is the same. | |
| 4595 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string. | |
| 4596 * | |
| 4597 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways | |
| 4598 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3: | |
| 4599 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop) | |
| 4600 * | |
| 4601 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the | |
| 1541 | 4602 * first time (hence stackp->ff_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4603 */ |
| 1541 | 4604 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL |
| 4605 && ff_check_visited(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list | |
| 7 | 4606 ->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 1541 | 4607 stackp->ffs_fix_path |
| 7 | 4608 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 4609 , stackp->ffs_wc_path |
| 7 | 4610 #endif |
| 4611 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4612 { | |
| 4613 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4614 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4615 { | |
| 293 | 4616 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4617 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4618 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4619 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4620 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4621 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4622 } |
| 4623 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4624 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4625 continue; |
| 4626 } | |
| 4627 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4628 else if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4629 { | |
| 293 | 4630 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4631 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4632 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4633 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4634 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4635 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4636 } |
| 4637 #endif | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 /* check depth */ | |
| 1541 | 4640 if (stackp->ffs_level <= 0) |
| 7 | 4641 { |
| 1541 | 4642 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4643 continue; |
| 4644 } | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 file_path[0] = NUL; | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 /* | |
| 4649 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards | |
| 4650 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths | |
| 4651 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this | |
| 4652 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string. | |
| 4653 */ | |
| 1541 | 4654 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4655 { |
| 4656 char_u *dirptrs[2]; | |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should | |
| 4659 * expand. | |
| 4660 */ | |
| 4661 dirptrs[0] = file_path; | |
| 4662 dirptrs[1] = NULL; | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */ | |
| 1541 | 4665 if (!vim_isAbsName(stackp->ffs_fix_path) |
| 4666 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) | |
| 7 | 4667 { |
| 1541 | 4668 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4669 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4670 } | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 /* append the fix part of the search path */ | |
| 1541 | 4673 STRCAT(file_path, stackp->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4674 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4677 rest_of_wildcards = stackp->ffs_wc_path; |
| 7 | 4678 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL) |
| 4679 { | |
| 4680 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
| 4681 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0) | |
| 4682 { | |
| 4683 /* pointer to the restrict byte | |
| 4684 * The restrict byte is not a character! | |
| 4685 */ | |
| 4686 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2; | |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 if (*p > 0) | |
| 4689 { | |
| 4690 (*p)--; | |
| 4691 file_path[len++] = '*'; | |
| 4692 } | |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 if (*p == 0) | |
| 4695 { | |
| 4696 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */ | |
| 1621 | 4697 STRMOVE(rest_of_wildcards, rest_of_wildcards + 3); |
| 7 | 4698 } |
| 4699 else | |
| 4700 rest_of_wildcards += 3; | |
| 4701 | |
| 1541 | 4702 if (stackp->ffs_star_star_empty == 0) |
| 7 | 4703 { |
| 4704 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */ | |
| 1541 | 4705 stackp->ffs_star_star_empty = 1; |
| 4706 dirptrs[1] = stackp->ffs_fix_path; | |
| 7 | 4707 } |
| 4708 } | |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 /* | |
| 4711 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of | |
| 4712 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is | |
| 1209 | 4713 * still something else left. This is handled below by |
| 7 | 4714 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards() |
| 4715 * on the stack again for further search. | |
| 4716 */ | |
| 4717 while (*rest_of_wildcards | |
| 4718 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4719 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 file_path[len] = NUL; | |
| 4722 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4723 rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4724 } | |
| 4725 #endif | |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 /* | |
| 4728 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR". | |
| 4729 * If the path is a URL don't try this. | |
| 4730 */ | |
| 4731 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0])) | |
| 4732 { | |
| 1541 | 4733 stackp->ffs_filearray = (char_u **) |
| 7 | 4734 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *)); |
| 1541 | 4735 if (stackp->ffs_filearray != NULL |
| 4736 && (stackp->ffs_filearray[0] | |
| 7 | 4737 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL) |
| 1541 | 4738 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 1; |
| 7 | 4739 else |
| 1541 | 4740 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 0; |
| 7 | 4741 } |
| 4742 else | |
| 2984 | 4743 /* Add EW_NOTWILD because the expanded path may contain |
| 4744 * wildcard characters that are to be taken literally. | |
| 4745 * This is a bit of a hack. */ | |
| 7 | 4746 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs, |
| 1541 | 4747 &stackp->ffs_filearray_size, |
| 4748 &stackp->ffs_filearray, | |
| 2984 | 4749 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT|EW_NOTWILD); |
| 7 | 4750 |
| 1541 | 4751 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 4752 stackp->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 7 | 4753 } |
| 4754 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4755 else | |
| 1541 | 4756 rest_of_wildcards = &stackp->ffs_wc_path[ |
| 4757 STRLEN(stackp->ffs_wc_path)]; | |
| 4758 #endif | |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 if (stackp->ffs_stage == 0) | |
| 7 | 4761 { |
| 4762 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */ | |
| 4763 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4764 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL) | |
| 4765 #endif | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 /* | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4768 * We don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4769 * check for the final file now. |
| 7 | 4770 */ |
| 1541 | 4771 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4772 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4773 { |
| 1541 | 4774 if (!path_with_url(stackp->ffs_filearray[i]) |
| 4775 && !mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) | |
| 7 | 4776 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 4777 | |
| 1993 | 4778 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existence |
| 7 | 4779 * below */ |
| 1541 | 4780 STRCPY(file_path, stackp->ffs_filearray[i]); |
| 7 | 4781 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 4782 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 7 | 4783 |
| 4784 /* | |
| 4785 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes | |
| 4786 * from 'suffixesadd'. | |
| 4787 */ | |
| 4788 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4789 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4790 if (search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile) |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4791 suf = (char_u *)""; |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4792 else |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4793 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua; |
| 7 | 4794 for (;;) |
| 4795 #endif | |
| 4796 { | |
| 4797 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */ | |
| 4798 if ((path_with_url(file_path) | |
| 1541 | 4799 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0 |
| 4800 && (search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 4801 == FINDFILE_BOTH | |
| 4802 || ((search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 4803 == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 4804 == mch_isdir(file_path))))) | |
| 7 | 4805 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE |
| 4806 && (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 4807 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 4808 file_path |
| 4809 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4810 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 4811 #endif | |
| 4812 ) == OK) | |
| 4813 #endif | |
| 4814 ) | |
| 4815 { | |
| 4816 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4817 if (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 4818 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 4819 file_path |
| 4820 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4821 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 4822 #endif | |
| 4823 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4824 { | |
| 4825 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4826 { | |
| 293 | 4827 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4828 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s", |
| 7 | 4829 file_path); |
| 4830 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 4831 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4832 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4833 } |
| 4834 continue; | |
| 4835 } | |
| 4836 #endif | |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */ | |
| 1541 | 4839 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1; |
| 4840 ff_push(search_ctx, stackp); | |
| 7 | 4841 |
| 1789 | 4842 if (!path_with_url(file_path)) |
| 4843 simplify_filename(file_path); | |
| 7 | 4844 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) |
| 4845 == OK) | |
| 4846 { | |
| 4847 p = shorten_fname(file_path, | |
| 4848 ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 4849 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1621 | 4850 STRMOVE(file_path, p); |
| 7 | 4851 } |
| 4852 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4853 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4854 { | |
| 293 | 4855 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4856 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path); |
| 7 | 4857 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4858 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4859 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4860 } |
| 4861 #endif | |
| 4862 return file_path; | |
| 4863 } | |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4866 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */ | |
| 4867 if (*suf == NUL) | |
| 4868 break; | |
| 4869 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len, | |
| 4870 MAXPATHL - len, ","); | |
| 4871 #endif | |
| 4872 } | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 } | |
| 4875 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4876 else | |
| 4877 { | |
| 4878 /* | |
| 4879 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further | |
| 4880 * search | |
| 4881 */ | |
| 1541 | 4882 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4883 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4884 { |
| 1541 | 4885 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 4886 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 4887 | |
| 1541 | 4888 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 4889 ff_create_stack_element( | |
| 4890 stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 4891 rest_of_wildcards, | |
| 4892 stackp->ffs_level - 1, 0)); | |
| 7 | 4893 } |
| 4894 } | |
| 4895 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4896 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 4897 stackp->ffs_stage = 1; | |
| 7 | 4898 } |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4901 /* | |
| 4902 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the | |
| 4903 * leaves of the directory tree. | |
| 4904 */ | |
| 1541 | 4905 if (STRNCMP(stackp->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 7 | 4906 { |
| 1541 | 4907 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4908 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4909 { |
| 1541 | 4910 if (fnamecmp(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], |
| 4911 stackp->ffs_fix_path) == 0) | |
| 7 | 4912 continue; /* don't repush same directory */ |
| 1541 | 4913 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 4914 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 1541 | 4915 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 4916 ff_create_stack_element(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 4917 stackp->ffs_wc_path, stackp->ffs_level - 1, 1)); | |
| 7 | 4918 } |
| 4919 } | |
| 4920 #endif | |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 /* we are done with the current directory */ | |
| 1541 | 4923 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4924 |
| 4925 } | |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4928 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards. | |
| 4929 * Let's check if we should do an upward search. | |
| 4930 */ | |
| 1541 | 4931 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 4932 && search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int) | |
| 7 | 4933 { |
| 4934 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */ | |
| 1541 | 4937 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir, |
| 4938 (int)(path_end - search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir), | |
| 4939 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE) | |
| 7 | 4940 break; |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 /* cut of last dir */ | |
| 1541 | 4943 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 4944 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end)) | |
| 7 | 4945 path_end--; |
| 1541 | 4946 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 4947 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1])) | |
| 7 | 4948 path_end--; |
| 4949 *path_end = 0; | |
| 4950 path_end--; | |
| 4951 | |
| 1541 | 4952 if (*search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0) |
| 7 | 4953 break; |
| 4954 | |
| 1541 | 4955 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4956 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 4957 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4958 |
| 4959 /* create a new stack entry */ | |
| 4960 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path, | |
| 1541 | 4961 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0); |
| 7 | 4962 if (sptr == NULL) |
| 4963 break; | |
| 1541 | 4964 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 7 | 4965 } |
| 4966 else | |
| 4967 break; | |
| 4968 } | |
| 4969 #endif | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 vim_free(file_path); | |
| 4972 return NULL; | |
| 4973 } | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 /* | |
| 4976 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories | |
| 4977 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL; | |
| 4978 */ | |
| 4979 void | |
| 1541 | 4980 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4981 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4982 { |
| 1541 | 4983 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4986 return; |
| 4987 | |
| 1541 | 4988 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 4989 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4990 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 7 | 4991 } |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 static void | |
| 4994 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp) | |
| 4995 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp; | |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 while (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5000 { | |
| 5001 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next; | |
| 5002 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list); | |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename); | |
| 5005 vim_free(*list_headp); | |
| 5006 *list_headp = vp; | |
| 5007 } | |
| 5008 *list_headp = NULL; | |
| 5009 } | |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 static void | |
| 5012 ff_free_visited_list(vl) | |
| 5013 ff_visited_T *vl; | |
| 5014 { | |
| 5015 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 while (vl != NULL) | |
| 5018 { | |
| 5019 vp = vl->ffv_next; | |
| 5020 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5021 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path); | |
| 5022 #endif | |
| 5023 vim_free(vl); | |
| 5024 vl = vp; | |
| 5025 } | |
| 5026 vl = NULL; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 /* | |
| 5030 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it | |
| 5031 * allocates a new one. | |
| 5032 */ | |
| 5033 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* | |
| 5034 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp) | |
| 5035 char_u *filename; | |
| 5036 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5037 { | |
| 5038 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL; | |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */ | |
| 5041 if (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5042 { | |
| 5043 retptr = *list_headp; | |
| 5044 while (retptr != NULL) | |
| 5045 { | |
| 5046 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0) | |
| 5047 { | |
| 5048 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5049 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5050 { | |
| 293 | 5051 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5052 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s", |
| 7 | 5053 filename); |
| 5054 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5055 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5056 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5057 } |
| 5058 #endif | |
| 5059 return retptr; | |
| 5060 } | |
| 5061 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next; | |
| 5062 } | |
| 5063 } | |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5066 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 293 | 5068 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5069 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename); |
| 7 | 5070 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5071 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5072 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5073 } |
| 5074 #endif | |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 /* | |
| 5077 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list | |
| 5078 */ | |
| 5079 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr)); | |
| 5080 if (retptr == NULL) | |
| 5081 return NULL; | |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL; | |
| 5084 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 5085 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL) | |
| 5086 { | |
| 5087 vim_free(retptr); | |
| 5088 return NULL; | |
| 5089 } | |
| 5090 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp; | |
| 5091 *list_headp = retptr; | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 return retptr; | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5097 /* | |
| 5098 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE. | |
| 5099 * They are equal if: | |
| 5100 * - both paths are NULL | |
| 5101 * - they have the same length | |
| 5102 * - char by char comparison is OK | |
| 5103 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so | |
| 5104 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24' | |
| 5105 */ | |
| 5106 static int | |
| 5107 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2) | |
| 5108 char_u *s1; | |
| 5109 char_u *s2; | |
| 5110 { | |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5111 int i, j; |
|
7062
6deb9d802fe4
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d43f0951bca162d4491d57df9277b5dbc462944f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7044
diff
changeset
|
5112 int c1 = NUL; |
|
6deb9d802fe4
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d43f0951bca162d4491d57df9277b5dbc462944f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7044
diff
changeset
|
5113 int c2 = NUL; |
| 4246 | 5114 int prev1 = NUL; |
| 5115 int prev2 = NUL; | |
| 7 | 5116 |
| 5117 if (s1 == s2) | |
| 5118 return TRUE; | |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) | |
| 5121 return FALSE; | |
| 5122 | |
|
7062
6deb9d802fe4
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d43f0951bca162d4491d57df9277b5dbc462944f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7044
diff
changeset
|
5123 for (i = 0, j = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[j] != NUL;) |
| 7 | 5124 { |
|
7062
6deb9d802fe4
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d43f0951bca162d4491d57df9277b5dbc462944f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7044
diff
changeset
|
5125 c1 = PTR2CHAR(s1 + i); |
|
6deb9d802fe4
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d43f0951bca162d4491d57df9277b5dbc462944f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7044
diff
changeset
|
5126 c2 = PTR2CHAR(s2 + j); |
| 4246 | 5127 |
| 5128 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2) : c1 != c2) | |
| 5129 && (prev1 != '*' || prev2 != '*')) | |
|
7062
6deb9d802fe4
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d43f0951bca162d4491d57df9277b5dbc462944f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7044
diff
changeset
|
5130 return FALSE; |
| 4246 | 5131 prev2 = prev1; |
| 5132 prev1 = c1; | |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5133 |
|
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5134 i += MB_PTR2LEN(s1 + i); |
|
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5135 j += MB_PTR2LEN(s2 + j); |
| 7 | 5136 } |
|
7131
cc5570ed684e
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/4d0c7bc74ac6fad5cb599dc3ade6996e848d83b6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7111
diff
changeset
|
5137 return s1[i] == s2[j]; |
| 7 | 5138 } |
| 5139 #endif | |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 /* | |
| 5142 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs | |
| 5143 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list | |
| 5144 * returns OK if it is newly added | |
| 5145 * | |
| 5146 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems? | |
| 5147 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of | |
| 5148 * never. | |
| 5149 */ | |
| 5150 static int | |
| 5151 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname | |
| 5152 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5153 , wc_path | |
| 5154 #endif | |
| 5155 ) | |
| 5156 ff_visited_T **visited_list; | |
| 5157 char_u *fname; | |
| 5158 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5159 char_u *wc_path; | |
| 5160 #endif | |
| 5161 { | |
| 5162 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5163 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5164 struct stat st; | |
| 5165 int url = FALSE; | |
| 5166 #endif | |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the | |
| 5169 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */ | |
| 5170 if (path_with_url(fname)) | |
| 5171 { | |
| 418 | 5172 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 7 | 5173 #ifdef UNIX |
| 5174 url = TRUE; | |
| 5175 #endif | |
| 5176 } | |
| 5177 else | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL; | |
| 5180 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5181 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0) | |
| 5182 #else | |
| 5183 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 5184 #endif | |
| 5185 return FAIL; | |
| 5186 } | |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 /* check against list of already visited files */ | |
| 5189 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next) | |
| 5190 { | |
| 5191 if ( | |
| 5192 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 5193 !url ? (vp->ffv_dev_valid && vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev |
| 5194 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino) | |
| 5195 : | |
| 7 | 5196 #endif |
| 5197 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0 | |
| 5198 ) | |
| 5199 { | |
| 5200 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5201 /* are the wildcard parts equal */ | |
| 5202 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE) | |
| 5203 #endif | |
| 5204 /* already visited */ | |
| 5205 return FAIL; | |
| 5206 } | |
| 5207 } | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 /* | |
| 5210 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs. | |
| 5211 */ | |
| 5212 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T) | |
| 5213 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer))); | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 if (vp != NULL) | |
| 5216 { | |
| 5217 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5218 if (!url) | |
| 5219 { | |
| 1881 | 5220 vp->ffv_dev_valid = TRUE; |
| 7 | 5221 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino; |
| 5222 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev; | |
| 5223 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 else | |
| 5226 { | |
| 1881 | 5227 vp->ffv_dev_valid = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5228 #endif |
| 5229 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5230 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5231 } | |
| 5232 #endif | |
| 5233 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5234 if (wc_path != NULL) | |
| 5235 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path); | |
| 5236 else | |
| 5237 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL; | |
| 5238 #endif | |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list; | |
| 5241 *visited_list = vp; | |
| 5242 } | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 return OK; | |
| 5245 } | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 /* | |
| 5248 * create stack element from given path pieces | |
| 5249 */ | |
| 5250 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 5251 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part, | |
| 5252 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5253 wc_part, | |
| 5254 #endif | |
| 5255 level, star_star_empty) | |
| 5256 char_u *fix_part; | |
| 5257 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5258 char_u *wc_part; | |
| 5259 #endif | |
| 5260 int level; | |
| 5261 int star_star_empty; | |
| 5262 { | |
| 5263 ff_stack_T *new; | |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T)); | |
| 5266 if (new == NULL) | |
| 5267 return NULL; | |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 new->ffs_prev = NULL; | |
| 5270 new->ffs_filearray = NULL; | |
| 5271 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0; | |
| 5272 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; | |
| 5273 new->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 5274 new->ffs_level = level; | |
| 5275 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;; | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */ | |
| 5278 if (fix_part == NULL) | |
| 5279 fix_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5280 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part); | |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5283 if (wc_part == NULL) | |
| 5284 wc_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5285 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part); | |
| 5286 #endif | |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL | |
| 5289 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5290 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL | |
| 5291 #endif | |
| 5292 ) | |
| 5293 { | |
| 5294 ff_free_stack_element(new); | |
| 5295 new = NULL; | |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 return new; | |
| 5299 } | |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 /* | |
| 1541 | 5302 * Push a dir on the directory stack. |
| 7 | 5303 */ |
| 5304 static void | |
| 1541 | 5305 ff_push(search_ctx, stack_ptr) |
| 5306 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 5307 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5308 { |
| 5309 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but | |
| 359 | 5310 * to prevent a crash */ |
| 1541 | 5311 if (stack_ptr != NULL) |
| 7 | 5312 { |
| 1541 | 5313 stack_ptr->ffs_prev = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5314 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5315 } |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 /* | |
| 1541 | 5319 * Pop a dir from the directory stack. |
| 5320 * Returns NULL if stack is empty. | |
| 7 | 5321 */ |
| 5322 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 1541 | 5323 ff_pop(search_ctx) |
| 5324 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5325 { |
| 5326 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5327 | |
| 1541 | 5328 sptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5329 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL) | |
| 5330 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev; | |
| 7 | 5331 |
| 5332 return sptr; | |
| 5333 } | |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 /* | |
| 5336 * free the given stack element | |
| 5337 */ | |
| 5338 static void | |
| 1541 | 5339 ff_free_stack_element(stack_ptr) |
| 5340 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5341 { |
| 5342 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */ | |
| 1541 | 5343 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5344 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5345 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_wc_path); |
| 5346 #endif | |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 if (stack_ptr->ffs_filearray != NULL) | |
| 5349 FreeWild(stack_ptr->ffs_filearray_size, stack_ptr->ffs_filearray); | |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 vim_free(stack_ptr); | |
| 7 | 5352 } |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 /* | |
| 1541 | 5355 * Clear the search context, but NOT the visited list. |
| 7 | 5356 */ |
| 5357 static void | |
| 1541 | 5358 ff_clear(search_ctx) |
| 5359 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5360 { |
| 5361 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 /* clear up stack */ | |
| 1541 | 5364 while ((sptr = ff_pop(search_ctx)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 5365 ff_free_stack_element(sptr); |
| 5366 | |
| 1541 | 5367 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 5368 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); | |
| 5369 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); | |
| 7 | 5370 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5371 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
| 7 | 5372 #endif |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 5375 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) |
| 7 | 5376 { |
| 5377 int i = 0; | |
| 5378 | |
| 1541 | 5379 while (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL) |
| 7 | 5380 { |
| 1541 | 5381 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]); |
| 7 | 5382 i++; |
| 5383 } | |
| 1541 | 5384 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v); |
| 7 | 5385 } |
| 1541 | 5386 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL; |
| 7 | 5387 #endif |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 /* reset everything */ | |
| 1541 | 5390 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL; |
| 5391 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL; | |
| 5392 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5393 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5394 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL; |
| 5395 search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0; | |
| 7 | 5396 #endif |
| 5397 } | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5400 /* | |
| 5401 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs | |
| 5402 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE | |
| 5403 */ | |
| 5404 static int | |
| 5405 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v) | |
| 5406 char_u *path; | |
| 5407 int path_len; | |
| 5408 char_u **stopdirs_v; | |
| 5409 { | |
| 5410 int i = 0; | |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */ | |
| 461 | 5413 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1])) |
| 7 | 5414 path_len--; |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 /* if no path consider it as match */ | |
| 5417 if (path_len == 0) | |
| 5418 return TRUE; | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++) | |
| 5421 { | |
| 5422 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len) | |
| 5423 { | |
| 5424 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches | |
| 5425 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else | |
| 5426 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks' | |
| 5427 */ | |
| 5428 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0 | |
| 461 | 5429 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len])) |
| 7 | 5430 return TRUE; |
| 5431 } | |
| 5432 else | |
| 5433 { | |
| 5434 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0) | |
| 5435 return TRUE; | |
| 5436 } | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 return FALSE; | |
| 5439 } | |
| 5440 #endif | |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5443 /* | |
| 1541 | 5444 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path. Also finds directory names. |
| 7 | 5445 * |
| 5446 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize | |
| 5447 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE. | |
| 5448 * | |
| 5449 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path. | |
| 5450 * | |
| 5451 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they | |
| 5452 * don't need valid values. | |
| 5453 * | |
| 5454 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the | |
| 5455 * message: | |
| 5456 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path' | |
| 5457 * On repeating calls: | |
| 5458 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path' | |
| 5459 * | |
| 5460 * options: | |
| 5461 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5462 * | |
| 5463 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5464 * | |
| 5465 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5466 * | |
| 5467 */ | |
| 5468 char_u * | |
| 5469 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname) | |
| 5470 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5471 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5472 int options; | |
| 5473 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5474 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5475 { | |
| 5476 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, | |
| 5477 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path, | |
| 1541 | 5478 FINDFILE_BOTH, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua); |
| 7 | 5479 } |
| 5480 | |
| 359 | 5481 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL; |
| 5482 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 #if defined(EXITFREE) | |
| 5485 static void | |
| 5486 free_findfile() | |
| 5487 { | |
| 5488 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); | |
| 5489 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 #endif | |
| 5492 | |
| 7 | 5493 /* |
| 5494 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path. | |
| 5495 * | |
| 5496 * options: | |
| 5497 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 6633 | 5498 * FNAME_UNESC unescape backslashes. |
| 7 | 5499 * |
| 5500 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5501 * | |
| 5502 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5503 */ | |
| 5504 char_u * | |
| 5505 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname) | |
| 5506 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5507 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5508 int options; | |
| 5509 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5510 { | |
| 5511 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath, | |
| 1541 | 5512 FINDFILE_DIR, rel_fname, (char_u *)""); |
| 7 | 5513 } |
| 5514 | |
| 19 | 5515 char_u * |
| 6633 | 5516 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, |
| 5517 find_what, rel_fname, suffixes) | |
| 7 | 5518 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ |
| 5519 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5520 int options; | |
| 5521 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5522 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */ | |
| 1541 | 5523 int find_what; /* FINDFILE_FILE, _DIR or _BOTH */ |
| 7 | 5524 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */ |
| 794 | 5525 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */ |
| 7 | 5526 { |
| 5527 static char_u *dir; | |
| 5528 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5529 char_u save_char; | |
| 5530 char_u *file_name = NULL; | |
| 5531 char_u *buf = NULL; | |
| 5532 int rel_to_curdir; | |
| 5533 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5534 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L); | |
| 5535 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr; | |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */ | |
| 5538 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L; | |
| 5539 #endif | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5542 { | |
| 5543 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */ | |
| 5544 save_char = ptr[len]; | |
| 5545 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
|
7617
80bc36419c21
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/58adb14739fa240ca6020cede9ab1f1cb07bd90a
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7593
diff
changeset
|
5546 expand_env_esc(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, FALSE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 7 | 5547 ptr[len] = save_char; |
| 5548 | |
| 359 | 5549 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); |
| 5550 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5551 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7 | 5552 { |
| 5553 file_name = NULL; | |
| 5554 goto theend; | |
| 5555 } | |
| 6633 | 5556 if (options & FNAME_UNESC) |
| 5557 { | |
| 5558 /* Change all "\ " to " ". */ | |
| 5559 for (ptr = ff_file_to_find; *ptr != NUL; ++ptr) | |
| 5560 if (ptr[0] == '\\' && ptr[1] == ' ') | |
| 5561 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + 1, STRLEN(ptr)); | |
| 5562 } | |
| 7 | 5563 } |
| 5564 | |
| 359 | 5565 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.' |
| 5566 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL | |
| 5567 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1]) | |
| 5568 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.' | |
| 5569 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL | |
| 5570 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2]))))); | |
| 5571 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find) | |
| 7 | 5572 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */ |
| 5573 || rel_to_curdir | |
|
7408
1886f2863437
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/e7fedb6ebe72d9a475aa65109b77d5ed4667067a
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7277
diff
changeset
|
5574 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
| 7 | 5575 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */ |
| 359 | 5576 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0]) |
| 1993 | 5577 /* handle "c:name" as absolute path */ |
| 359 | 5578 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':') |
| 7 | 5579 #endif |
| 5580 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5581 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5582 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':' |
| 7 | 5583 #endif |
| 5584 ) | |
| 5585 { | |
| 5586 /* | |
| 5587 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option". | |
| 5588 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a | |
| 5589 * filename on the first call. | |
| 5590 */ | |
| 5591 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5592 { | |
| 5593 int l; | |
| 5594 int run; | |
| 5595 | |
| 359 | 5596 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find)) |
| 7 | 5597 { |
| 359 | 5598 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5599 goto theend; |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file. | |
| 5603 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */ | |
| 5604 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
| 5605 { | |
| 359 | 5606 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5607 if (run == 1 |
| 5608 && rel_to_curdir | |
| 5609 && (options & FNAME_REL) | |
| 5610 && rel_fname != NULL | |
| 5611 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL) | |
| 5612 { | |
| 5613 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname); | |
| 359 | 5614 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5615 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 5616 } | |
| 5617 else | |
| 5618 { | |
| 359 | 5619 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5620 run = 2; |
| 5621 } | |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of | |
| 5624 * 'suffixesadd'. */ | |
| 794 | 5625 buf = suffixes; |
| 7 | 5626 for (;;) |
| 5627 { | |
| 5628 if ( | |
| 5629 #ifdef DJGPP | |
| 5630 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(), | |
| 5631 * assume it's always valid. */ | |
| 1541 | 5632 (find_what != FINDFILE_FILE && NameBuff[0] != NUL |
| 7 | 5633 && NameBuff[1] == ':' |
| 5634 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) || | |
| 5635 #endif | |
| 5636 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0 | |
| 1541 | 5637 && (find_what == FINDFILE_BOTH |
| 5638 || ((find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5639 == mch_isdir(NameBuff))))) | |
| 7 | 5640 { |
| 5641 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5642 goto theend; | |
| 5643 } | |
| 5644 if (*buf == NUL) | |
| 5645 break; | |
| 5646 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ","); | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 } | |
| 5649 } | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 else | |
| 5652 { | |
| 5653 /* | |
| 5654 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option. | |
| 5655 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option. | |
| 5656 * Otherwise continue to find the next match. | |
| 5657 */ | |
| 5658 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5659 { | |
| 5660 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */ | |
| 359 | 5661 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5662 dir = path_option; |
| 5663 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5664 } | |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 for (;;) | |
| 5667 { | |
| 5668 if (did_findfile_init) | |
| 5669 { | |
| 359 | 5670 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5671 if (file_name != NULL) |
| 5672 break; | |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5675 } | |
| 5676 else | |
| 5677 { | |
| 5678 char_u *r_ptr; | |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL) | |
| 5681 { | |
| 5682 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can | |
| 5683 * free the search context. */ | |
| 359 | 5684 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 5685 fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5686 break; |
| 5687 } | |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) | |
| 5690 break; | |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 /* copy next path */ | |
| 5693 buf[0] = 0; | |
| 5694 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); | |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5697 /* get the stopdir string */ | |
| 5698 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf); | |
| 5699 #else | |
| 5700 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 5701 #endif | |
| 359 | 5702 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find, |
| 1541 | 5703 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, find_what, |
| 359 | 5704 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname); |
| 5705 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL) | |
| 7 | 5706 did_findfile_init = TRUE; |
| 5707 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5708 } | |
| 5709 } | |
| 5710 } | |
| 5711 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
| 5712 { | |
| 5713 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5714 { | |
| 1541 | 5715 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5716 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5717 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5718 else |
| 5719 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), | |
| 359 | 5720 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5721 } |
| 5722 else | |
| 5723 { | |
| 1541 | 5724 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5725 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5726 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5727 else |
| 5728 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"), | |
| 359 | 5729 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5730 } |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 theend: | |
| 5734 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5735 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr; | |
| 5736 #endif | |
| 5737 return file_name; | |
| 5738 } | |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 /* | |
| 5743 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search | |
| 5744 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir(). | |
| 5745 */ | |
| 5746 int | |
| 5747 vim_chdir(new_dir) | |
| 5748 char_u *new_dir; | |
| 5749 { | |
| 5750 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5751 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir); | |
| 5752 #else | |
| 5753 char_u *dir_name; | |
| 5754 int r; | |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir), | |
| 5757 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
| 5758 if (dir_name == NULL) | |
| 5759 return -1; | |
| 5760 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name); | |
| 5761 vim_free(dir_name); | |
| 5762 return r; | |
| 5763 #endif | |
| 5764 } | |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 /* | |
| 418 | 5767 * Get user name from machine-specific function. |
| 7 | 5768 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]". |
| 418 | 5769 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus |
| 5770 * cache the result. | |
| 7 | 5771 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
| 5772 */ | |
| 5773 int | |
| 5774 get_user_name(buf, len) | |
| 5775 char_u *buf; | |
| 5776 int len; | |
| 5777 { | |
| 359 | 5778 if (username == NULL) |
| 7 | 5779 { |
| 5780 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL) | |
| 5781 return FAIL; | |
| 359 | 5782 username = vim_strsave(buf); |
| 7 | 5783 } |
| 5784 else | |
| 418 | 5785 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1); |
| 7 | 5786 return OK; |
| 5787 } | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT | |
| 5790 /* | |
| 5791 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it. | |
| 5792 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book. | |
| 5793 */ | |
| 5794 void | |
| 5795 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp) | |
| 5796 void *base; | |
| 5797 size_t elm_count; | |
| 5798 size_t elm_size; | |
| 5799 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 5800 { | |
| 5801 char_u *buf; | |
| 5802 char_u *p1; | |
| 5803 char_u *p2; | |
| 5804 int i, j; | |
| 5805 int gap; | |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size); | |
| 5808 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 5809 return; | |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2) | |
| 5812 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i) | |
| 5813 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap) | |
| 5814 { | |
| 5815 /* Compare the elements. */ | |
| 5816 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size; | |
| 5817 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size; | |
| 5818 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0) | |
| 5819 break; | |
| 1993 | 5820 /* Exchange the elements. */ |
| 7 | 5821 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size); |
| 5822 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size); | |
| 5823 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size); | |
| 5824 } | |
| 5825 | |
| 5826 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5827 } | |
| 5828 #endif | |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 /* | |
| 5831 * Sort an array of strings. | |
| 5832 */ | |
| 5833 static int | |
| 5834 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 5835 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 5836 #endif | |
| 5837 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 static int | |
| 5840 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 5841 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 5842 #endif | |
| 5843 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
| 5844 const void *s1; | |
| 5845 const void *s2; | |
| 5846 { | |
| 5847 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2); | |
| 5848 } | |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 void | |
| 5851 sort_strings(files, count) | |
| 5852 char_u **files; | |
| 5853 int count; | |
| 5854 { | |
| 5855 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare); | |
| 5856 } | |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5859 /* | |
| 5860 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]". | |
| 39 | 5861 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]" |
| 7 | 5862 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators. |
| 5863 */ | |
| 5864 int | |
| 39 | 5865 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen) |
| 7 | 5866 const char *p, *q; |
| 39 | 5867 int maxlen; |
| 7 | 5868 { |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5869 int i, j; |
| 4276 | 5870 int c1, c2; |
| 41 | 5871 const char *s = NULL; |
| 7 | 5872 |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5873 for (i = 0, j = 0; maxlen < 0 || (i < maxlen && j < maxlen);) |
| 7 | 5874 { |
| 4276 | 5875 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)p + i); |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5876 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)q + j); |
| 4276 | 5877 |
| 7 | 5878 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */ |
| 4276 | 5879 if (c1 == NUL) |
| 7 | 5880 { |
| 4276 | 5881 if (c2 == NUL) /* full match */ |
| 7 | 5882 return 0; |
| 5883 s = q; | |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5884 i = j; |
| 7 | 5885 break; |
| 5886 } | |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */ | |
| 4276 | 5889 if (c2 == NUL) |
| 7 | 5890 { |
| 5891 s = p; | |
| 5892 break; | |
| 5893 } | |
| 5894 | |
| 4276 | 5895 if ((p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) != MB_TOUPPER(c2) : c1 != c2) |
| 7 | 5896 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 5897 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */ | |
| 4276 | 5898 && !((c1 == '/' && c2 == '\\') |
| 5899 || (c1 == '\\' && c2 == '/')) | |
| 7 | 5900 #endif |
| 5901 ) | |
| 5902 { | |
| 4276 | 5903 if (vim_ispathsep(c1)) |
| 7 | 5904 return -1; |
| 4276 | 5905 if (vim_ispathsep(c2)) |
| 7 | 5906 return 1; |
| 4276 | 5907 return p_fic ? MB_TOUPPER(c1) - MB_TOUPPER(c2) |
| 5908 : c1 - c2; /* no match */ | |
| 7 | 5909 } |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5910 |
|
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5911 i += MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)p + i); |
|
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5912 j += MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)q + j); |
| 7 | 5913 } |
|
7044
7758d6245c3a
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f6470c288cb6f8efd60a507baf2c070f9d209ae6
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6929
diff
changeset
|
5914 if (s == NULL) /* "i" or "j" ran into "maxlen" */ |
| 41 | 5915 return 0; |
| 7 | 5916 |
| 4276 | 5917 c1 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i); |
| 5918 c2 = PTR2CHAR((char_u *)s + i + MB_PTR2LEN((char_u *)s + i)); | |
| 7 | 5919 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */ |
| 4276 | 5920 if (c2 == NUL |
| 41 | 5921 && i > 0 |
| 5922 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i) | |
| 7 | 5923 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4276 | 5924 && (c1 == '/' || c1 == '\\') |
| 7 | 5925 #else |
| 4276 | 5926 && c1 == '/' |
| 7 | 5927 #endif |
| 41 | 5928 ) |
| 7 | 5929 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */ |
| 5930 if (s == q) | |
| 5931 return -1; /* no match */ | |
| 5932 return 1; | |
| 5933 } | |
| 5934 #endif | |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 /* | |
| 5937 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program. | |
| 5938 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert. | |
| 5939 * See pty.c for the copyright notice. | |
| 5940 */ | |
| 5941 | |
| 5942 /* | |
| 5943 * putenv -- put value into environment | |
| 5944 * | |
| 5945 * Usage: i = putenv (string) | |
| 5946 * int i; | |
| 5947 * char *string; | |
| 5948 * | |
| 5949 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>. | |
| 5950 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc). | |
| 5951 * | |
| 5952 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to | |
| 5953 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular | |
| 5954 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire | |
| 5955 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack | |
| 5956 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first | |
| 5957 * time you call it. | |
| 5958 * | |
| 5959 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.) | |
| 5960 */ | |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */ | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */ | |
| 5967 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 5968 extern | |
| 5969 #endif | |
| 5970 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */ | |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */ | |
| 5973 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */ | |
| 5974 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */ | |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 int | |
| 5977 putenv(string) | |
| 5978 const char *string; | |
| 5979 { | |
| 5980 int i; | |
| 5981 char *p; | |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 5984 { /* first time putenv called */ | |
| 5985 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */ | |
| 5986 return -1; | |
| 5987 } | |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */ | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 if (i < 0) | |
| 5992 { /* name must be added */ | |
| 5993 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++); | |
| 5994 if (i >= (envsize - 1)) | |
| 5995 { /* need new slot */ | |
| 5996 if (moreenv() < 0) | |
| 5997 return -1; | |
| 5998 } | |
| 5999 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1)); | |
| 6000 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */ | |
| 6001 return -1; | |
| 6002 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */ | |
| 6003 } | |
| 6004 else | |
| 6005 { /* name already in env. */ | |
| 6006 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1); | |
| 6007 if (p == NULL) | |
| 6008 return -1; | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */ | |
| 6011 environ[i] = p; | |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 return 0; | |
| 6014 } | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 static int | |
| 6017 findenv(name) | |
| 6018 char *name; | |
| 6019 { | |
| 6020 char *namechar, *envchar; | |
| 6021 int i, found; | |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 found = 0; | |
| 6024 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++) | |
| 6025 { | |
| 6026 envchar = environ[i]; | |
| 6027 namechar = name; | |
| 6028 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar)) | |
| 6029 { | |
| 6030 namechar++; | |
| 6031 envchar++; | |
| 6032 } | |
| 6033 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '='); | |
| 6034 } | |
| 6035 return found ? i - 1 : -1; | |
| 6036 } | |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 static int | |
| 6039 newenv() | |
| 6040 { | |
| 6041 char **env, *elem; | |
| 6042 int i, esize; | |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 6045 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */ | |
| 6046 i = 0; | |
| 6047 #else | |
| 6048 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6049 ; | |
| 6050 #endif | |
| 6051 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1; | |
| 6052 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem))); | |
| 6053 if (env == NULL) | |
| 6054 return -1; | |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 #ifndef MACOS | |
| 6057 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6058 { | |
| 6059 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1)); | |
| 6060 if (elem == NULL) | |
| 6061 return -1; | |
| 6062 env[i] = elem; | |
| 6063 strcpy(elem, environ[i]); | |
| 6064 } | |
| 6065 #endif | |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 env[i] = 0; | |
| 6068 environ = env; | |
| 6069 envsize = esize; | |
| 6070 return 0; | |
| 6071 } | |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 static int | |
| 6074 moreenv() | |
| 6075 { | |
| 6076 int esize; | |
| 6077 char **env; | |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE; | |
| 6080 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env)); | |
| 6081 if (env == 0) | |
| 6082 return -1; | |
| 6083 environ = env; | |
| 6084 envsize = esize; | |
| 6085 return 0; | |
| 6086 } | |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV | |
| 6089 char_u * | |
| 6090 vimpty_getenv(string) | |
| 6091 const char_u *string; | |
| 6092 { | |
| 6093 int i; | |
| 6094 char_u *p; | |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6097 return NULL; | |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 i = findenv((char *)string); | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 if (i < 0) | |
| 6102 return NULL; | |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '='); | |
| 6105 return (p + 1); | |
| 6106 } | |
| 6107 # endif | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */ | |
| 313 | 6110 |
| 741 | 6111 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 313 | 6112 /* |
| 6113 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have | |
| 6114 * rights to write into. | |
| 6115 */ | |
| 6116 int | |
| 6117 filewritable(fname) | |
| 6118 char_u *fname; | |
| 6119 { | |
| 6120 int retval = 0; | |
| 6121 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6122 int perm = 0; | |
| 6123 #endif | |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6126 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
| 6127 #endif | |
| 6128 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */ | |
| 6129 if ( | |
| 6130 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 6131 mch_writable(fname) && | |
| 6132 # else | |
| 6133 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6134 (perm & 0222) && | |
| 6135 # endif | |
| 6136 # endif | |
| 6137 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0 | |
| 6138 ) | |
| 6139 #endif | |
| 6140 { | |
| 6141 ++retval; | |
| 6142 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
| 6143 ++retval; | |
| 6144 } | |
| 6145 return retval; | |
| 6146 } | |
| 6147 #endif | |
| 332 | 6148 |
| 6149 /* | |
| 6150 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments. | |
| 6151 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6152 */ | |
| 6153 int | |
| 6154 emsg3(s, a1, a2) | |
| 6155 char_u *s, *a1, *a2; | |
| 6156 { | |
| 840 | 6157 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6158 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 1438 | 6159 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H |
| 6160 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2); | |
| 6161 #else | |
| 840 | 6162 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2); |
| 1438 | 6163 #endif |
| 332 | 6164 return emsg(IObuff); |
| 6165 } | |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 /* | |
| 6168 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument. | |
| 6169 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6170 */ | |
| 6171 int | |
| 6172 emsgn(s, n) | |
| 6173 char_u *s; | |
| 6174 long n; | |
| 6175 { | |
| 840 | 6176 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6177 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 6178 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n); | |
| 6179 return emsg(IObuff); | |
| 6180 } | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6181 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6182 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6183 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6184 * Read 2 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6185 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6186 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6187 get2c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6188 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6189 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6190 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6191 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6192 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6193 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6194 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6195 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6196 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6197 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6198 * Read 3 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6199 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6200 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6201 get3c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6202 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6203 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6204 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6205 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6206 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6207 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6208 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6209 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6210 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6211 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6212 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6213 * Read 4 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6214 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6215 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6216 get4c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6217 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6218 { |
| 5347 | 6219 /* Use unsigned rather than int otherwise result is undefined |
| 6220 * when left-shift sets the MSB. */ | |
| 6221 unsigned n; | |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 n = (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6224 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6225 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6226 n = (n << 8) + (unsigned)getc(fd); | |
| 6227 return (int)n; | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6228 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6229 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6230 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6231 * Read 8 bytes from "fd" and turn them into a time_t, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6232 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6233 time_t |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6234 get8ctime(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6235 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6236 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6237 time_t n = 0; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6238 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6239 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6240 for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6241 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6242 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6243 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6244 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6245 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6246 * Read a string of length "cnt" from "fd" into allocated memory. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6247 * Returns NULL when out of memory or unable to read that many bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6248 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6249 char_u * |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6250 read_string(fd, cnt) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6251 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6252 int cnt; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6253 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6254 char_u *str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6255 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6256 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6257 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6258 /* allocate memory */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6259 str = alloc((unsigned)cnt + 1); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6260 if (str != NULL) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6261 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6262 /* Read the string. Quit when running into the EOF. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6263 for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6264 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6265 c = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6266 if (c == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6267 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6268 vim_free(str); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6269 return NULL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6270 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6271 str[i] = c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6272 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6273 str[i] = NUL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6274 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6275 return str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6276 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6277 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6278 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6279 * Write a number to file "fd", MSB first, in "len" bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6280 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6281 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6282 put_bytes(fd, nr, len) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6283 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6284 long_u nr; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6285 int len; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6286 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6287 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6288 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6289 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6290 if (putc((int)(nr >> (i * 8)), fd) == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6291 return FAIL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6292 return OK; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6293 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6294 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6295 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6296 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6297 /* This line is required for VC6 without the service pack. Also see the |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6298 * matching #pragma below. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6299 # pragma optimize("", off) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6300 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6301 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6302 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6303 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6304 * Write time_t to file "fd" in 8 bytes. |
|
7519
98fede2c9574
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/285bf84b4b9aca828828a8729b04cd59ab333dac
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7513
diff
changeset
|
6305 * Returns FAIL when the write failed. |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6306 */ |
|
7519
98fede2c9574
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/285bf84b4b9aca828828a8729b04cd59ab333dac
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7513
diff
changeset
|
6307 int |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6308 put_time(fd, the_time) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6309 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6310 time_t the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6311 { |
| 6122 | 6312 char_u buf[8]; |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 time_to_bytes(the_time, buf); | |
|
7519
98fede2c9574
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/285bf84b4b9aca828828a8729b04cd59ab333dac
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7513
diff
changeset
|
6315 return fwrite(buf, (size_t)8, (size_t)1, fd) == 1 ? OK : FAIL; |
| 6122 | 6316 } |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 /* | |
| 6319 * Write time_t to "buf[8]". | |
| 6320 */ | |
| 6321 void | |
| 6322 time_to_bytes(the_time, buf) | |
| 6323 time_t the_time; | |
| 6324 char_u *buf; | |
| 6325 { | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6326 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6327 int i; |
| 6122 | 6328 int bi = 0; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6329 time_t wtime = the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6330 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6331 /* time_t can be up to 8 bytes in size, more than long_u, thus we |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6332 * can't use put_bytes() here. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6333 * Another problem is that ">>" may do an arithmetic shift that keeps the |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6334 * sign. This happens for large values of wtime. A cast to long_u may |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6335 * truncate if time_t is 8 bytes. So only use a cast when it is 4 bytes, |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6336 * it's safe to assume that long_u is 4 bytes or more and when using 8 |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6337 * bytes the top bit won't be set. */ |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6338 for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6339 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6340 if (i + 1 > (int)sizeof(time_t)) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6341 /* ">>" doesn't work well when shifting more bits than avail */ |
| 6122 | 6342 buf[bi++] = 0; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6343 else |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6344 { |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6345 #if defined(SIZEOF_TIME_T) && SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6346 c = (int)(wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6347 #else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6348 c = (int)((long_u)wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6349 #endif |
| 6122 | 6350 buf[bi++] = c; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6351 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6352 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6353 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6354 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6355 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6356 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6357 # pragma optimize("", on) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6358 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6359 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6360 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6361 #endif |
| 3257 | 6362 |
| 6363 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) \ | |
| 6364 || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6365 /* | |
| 6366 * Return TRUE if string "s" contains a non-ASCII character (128 or higher). | |
| 6367 * When "s" is NULL FALSE is returned. | |
| 6368 */ | |
| 6369 int | |
| 6370 has_non_ascii(s) | |
| 6371 char_u *s; | |
| 6372 { | |
| 6373 char_u *p; | |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 if (s != NULL) | |
| 6376 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
| 6377 if (*p >= 128) | |
| 6378 return TRUE; | |
| 6379 return FALSE; | |
| 6380 } | |
| 6381 #endif | |
|
7109
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6382 |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6383 #if defined(MESSAGE_QUEUE) || defined(PROTO) |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6384 /* |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6385 * Process messages that have been queued for netbeans or clientserver. |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6386 * These functions can call arbitrary vimscript and should only be called when |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6387 * it is safe to do so. |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6388 */ |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6389 void |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6390 parse_queued_messages() |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6391 { |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6392 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6393 /* Process the queued netbeans messages. */ |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6394 netbeans_parse_messages(); |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6395 # endif |
|
7111
57c354f0115c
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9534680731ea342c2fed01a812559958923480da
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7109
diff
changeset
|
6396 # if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
|
7109
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6397 /* Process the queued clientserver messages. */ |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6398 server_parse_messages(); |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6399 # endif |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6400 } |
|
fa95595fbc52
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/93c88e0f6a4a8f7634ed84721daf4af46fc0d5db
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7062
diff
changeset
|
6401 #endif |